reproductions supplied by edrs are the best that can be ... · pdf filereport no pub date...

252
ED 457 011 TITLE INSTITUTION REPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE AVAILABLE FROM PUB TYPE EDRS PRICE DESCRIPTORS ABSTRACT DOCUMENT RESUME SE 065 169 Earthquakes: A Teacher's Package for K-6. Revised Edition. National Science Teachers Association, Arlington, VA.; Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC. FEMA-159 2000-08-00 299p.; Funded by the U.S. Congress under the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977. Produced by members of FEMA's Tremor Troop: Jeffrey Callister, Gerard Consuegra, and Sharon Stroud, along with Elizabeth Draper, Sheryl Eggers, and Molly Morrow. FEMA, P.O. Box 2012, Jessup, MD 20794-2012. Tel: 800-480-2520 (Toll Free). Guides Classroom Teacher (052) MF01/PC12 Plus Postage. *Earthquakes; Elementary Education; *Hands on Science; *Integrated Curriculum; Language Arts; *Learning Activities; Lesson Plans; Mathematics; Plate Tectonics; Resource Units; Safety; Science Instruction; Social Studies This teacher guide features five hands-on science units designed for elementary school students using an interdisciplinary approach. The first four units are presented at three different grade levels: K-2, 3-4, and 5-6. Units include: (1) "Defining an Earthquake"; (2) "Why and Where Earthquakes Occur"; (3) "Physical Results of Earthquakes"; (4) "Measuring Earthquakes"; and (5) "Earthquake Safety and Survival." (Contains 17 references.) (YDS) Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original document.

Upload: phamxuyen

Post on 26-Mar-2018

222 views

Category:

Documents


4 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

ED 457 011

TITLEINSTITUTION

REPORT NOPUB DATENOTE

AVAILABLE FROM

PUB TYPEEDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS

ABSTRACT

DOCUMENT RESUME

SE 065 169

Earthquakes: A Teacher's Package for K-6. Revised Edition.National Science Teachers Association, Arlington, VA.;Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.FEMA-1592000-08-00299p.; Funded by the U.S. Congress under the EarthquakeHazards Reduction Act of 1977. Produced by members of FEMA'sTremor Troop: Jeffrey Callister, Gerard Consuegra, andSharon Stroud, along with Elizabeth Draper, Sheryl Eggers,and Molly Morrow.FEMA, P.O. Box 2012, Jessup, MD 20794-2012. Tel:800-480-2520 (Toll Free).Guides Classroom Teacher (052)MF01/PC12 Plus Postage.*Earthquakes; Elementary Education; *Hands on Science;*Integrated Curriculum; Language Arts; *Learning Activities;Lesson Plans; Mathematics; Plate Tectonics; Resource Units;Safety; Science Instruction; Social Studies

This teacher guide features five hands-on science unitsdesigned for elementary school students using an interdisciplinary approach.The first four units are presented at three different grade levels: K-2, 3-4,and 5-6. Units include: (1) "Defining an Earthquake"; (2) "Why and Where

Earthquakes Occur"; (3) "Physical Results of Earthquakes"; (4) "MeasuringEarthquakes"; and (5) "Earthquake Safety and Survival." (Contains 17references.) (YDS)

Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be madefrom the original document.

Page 2: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

S.

FEMA 1E9 - August 2000Revised Edition

FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY

s

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONOffice of Educational Research and Improvement

EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATIONCENTER (ERIC)

This document has been reproduced asUTEEived from the person or organizaiion

originafing it.O Minor changes have been made to

improve reproduction quality.

I. Points of view or opinions stated in this

tvilwdocument do not necessarily representofficial OERI position or policy.

BESTCOPY AVAILABLE 0

NATIONAL SCIENCE TEACHERS ASSOCIATION

Page 3: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

EARTHQUAKESA Teacher's Package for K-6

Page 4: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

AcknowledgmentsThe Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) acknowledges with gratitude themany individuals who provided teaching knowledge, experience, and classrooms in thedevelopment of the first and revised versions of EARTHQUAKES A Teacher's Packagefor K-6 Grades.

The first version of the teacher's package was developed under the direction ofPhyllis R. Marcussio, Director of Publications, National Science Teachers Association.Ms. Marcussio put together an excellent team of editor, illustrator, teacher-writers,subject-matter experts, and reviewers, including

Editor: Mary Liston Liepold, Washington, DC

Illustrator: Forrest Plesko, Superior, WI

Teacher-Writers: Jeffrey C. Cal lister, Newburgh, NY

Lenny Coplestone, Bethesda, MD

Gerard F. Consuegra, Rockville, MD

Sharon M. Stroud, Colorado Springs, CO

Scientist-Writer: Randy Updike, U.S. Geological Survey

The revised version included teacher-writers Jeffrey Cal lister, Gerard Consuegra, andSharon Stroud, along with Elizabeth Draper, Sheryl Eggers, and Molly Morrow fromPortland, OR. Elizabeth, Sheryl, and Molly have participated as instructors in numer-ous FEMA workshops for educators on the K-6 teacher's package. Randy Updike'sexpanded coverage of earthquake topics remains in the Appendix.

Funding for this publication was allocated to FEMA by The United States Congress,under the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of. 1977, as amended. FEMA herebyauthorizes and encourages the educational community to reproduce this product inits entirety and to disseminate it at no cost to the recipient.

Single copies of this publication may be obtained from FEMA at no cost by contactingFEMA's Publication Warehouse at 1-800-480-2520.

2 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

4

Page 5: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Foreword to the Second EditionThe original Earthquakes A Teacher's Package for K-6(FEMA 159) was developed as a joint effort of theFederal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) andthe National Science Teachers Association (NSTA)under contract with FEMA. NSTA's project team pro-duced an excellent product. Since its publication in1988, over 50,000 teachers have requested copies.

This revised version brought members of the originalproject team together with a group of teachers who hadused the materials extensively in their classroom andserved as teacher-educators at FEMA's Tremor Troopworkshops. About 75% of the original materialremains unchanged: a few activities were removedand a few added.

A major change was the addition of assessmentsthroughout the units. The examples we provide relateto life outside the classroom and/or activities similarto those of scientists. We also added matrices linkingactivities to the National Science Education Standards.You'll find these matrices in the Appendix, along witha new Glossary.

5 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 3

Page 6: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Features of This PackageFirst of all, you do not need an education in science touse this package. Background for each unit covers allthe science concepts treated in the lessons. You willhave all the information you need, no matter whatgrade you teach and what kind of science preparationyou've had. This is science made simple and fun,without sacrificing scientific accuracy.

Because young students learn best by doing, thelessons in this teaching package are primarily a seriesof hands-on experiences. You will need to locate simplematerials for some of the lessons. Others require onlythings that are already in your classroom. At the endof each unit, you will find Masters ready to reproducefor transparencies, handouts, and worksheets. Mastersare identified in the text by name and number.

Because students learn holistically, the lessons in-clude methods and materials from language arts,mathematics, social studies, music, and the other finearts, as well as physical science. Learning Links, foundnear the beginning of each set of activities, summarizesome of these interdisciplinary connections. We alsoprovided Scope and Sequence charts at the beginningof each unit.

Extensions, provided in each set of activities, suggestways for your students to learn more about the topics.Use the Extensions for individual enrichment or toprovide additional experiences for the entire class.Each set of activities also includes vocabulary, teach-ing tips, and illustrations. Matrices linking activities tothe National Science Education Standards are locatedin the Appendix.

Page 7: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Organization and OverviewThe Teacher's Package has five units. Each of the firstfour units is divided into three levels: Level 1, forgrades K-2; Level 2, for grades 3-4; and Level 3, forgrades 5-6. Since classes and individuals vary widelyyou may often find the procedures in the other levelshelpful for your students. The last unit has four partswith activities for students in all grades, K-6.

Unit I, Defining an Earthquake, builds on whatstudents already know about earthquakes to establisha working definition of the phenomenon. Legends fromnear and far encourage children to create their ownfanciful explanations, paving the way for the scientificexplanations they will begin to learn in this unit.

Unit II, Why and Where Earthquakes Occur, pre-sents the modern scientific understanding of theEarth's structure and composition, and relates this tothe cause of earthquakes.Unit HI, Physical Results of Earthquakes, providesgreater understanding of the processes that shape ouractive Earth. Earthquakes are put in the context of thelarge- and small-scale changes that are constantly atwork on the continents as well as the ocean floor.

Unit nr, Measuring Earthquakes, explains earth-quakes in terms of wave movement and introducesstudents to the far-ranging effects of earthquakes.

Unit V, Earthquake Safety and Survival, focuses onwhat to expect during an earthquake: how to copesafely; how to identify earthquake hazards; and how toreduce, eliminate, or avoid them.

Units I through V are intended to be used in the orderpresented. When students ask questions about earth-quake safety, the introduction in Unit V will help youanswer their questions. You may want to take timethen to do a few activities to enable students to developquake-safe skills.

7 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 5

Page 8: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

ContentsUnit I: Defining an EarthquakeLevel 1. What Is an Earthquake 13

Level 2. People Explain Earthquakes 19

Level 3. Energy Waves Cause Earthquakes 25

Unit II: Why and Where Earthquakes OccurLevel 1. Inside Planet Earth 39

Level 2. Plates Going Places 43

Level 3. Layers, Plates, and Quakes 51

Unit III: Physical Results of EarthquakesLevel 1. Earthquakes Shape Our Earth 65

Level 2. Landscape on the Loose 69

Level 3. Building Up and Breaking Down 79

Unit IV: Measuring EarthquakesLevel 1. Earthquakes Great and Small 93

Level 2. Different Shakes for Different Quakes 99

Level 3. Sizing Up Earthquake Waves 103

Unit V: Earthquake Safety and SurvivalPart 1. What Happens During an Earthquake 117

Part 2. Hunt for Hazards 125

Part 3. Prepare and Share 133

Part 4. Evacuation Drill 139

AppendixEarthquake Background

Book of Legends

National Science Education Standards Matrices

Glossary

6 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 9: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Curriculum,K-6 List of Line Masters

UNIT I UNIT IVMaster 1 a. U.S. Map (without state names) Master 27. Shake TableMaster lb. U.S. Map Master 28. Modified Mercalli ScaleMaster 2. The Turtle Tale Master 29. SeismographsMaster 3. Turtle Tale Pop-up Puppet Master 30. Seismogram WorksheetMaster 4. Turtle Dot-to-Dot Master 31. Earthquake Magnitude and EnergyMaster 5. World Map Master 32. Seismogram Showing AmplitudeMaster 6. World Map with Legend Sites Master 33. Earthquake Severity WorksheetMaster 7. World Map with Epicenters Master 34. P-Wave Motion and S-Wave MotionMaster 8. Elastic Rebound Master 35. The S-Wave MachineMaster 9. Dresser Drawers Master 36a. KWAT Television ScriptMaster 10a. Earthquake Terms Master 36b. Wattsville MapMaster 10b. Earthquake Terms Worksheet Master 36c. Wattsville Map KeyMaster 11. U.S. Map with Epicenters

UNIT V

UNIT II Master 37. Earthquake Hazard of the U.S.Master 12a. Layers of the Earth Master 38. Earthquake Simulation ScriptMaster 12b. Earth Layers Worksheet Master 39. Drop, Cover and HoldMaster 13. Earth Plates Master 40. Coalinga Schools ReportMaster 14a. Earth Plate Puzzle Pieces Master 41. Fourth Grade ClassroomMaster 14b. Earth Plate Puzzle Pieces Master 42. Classroom Hazard HuntMaster 15. A Pizza the Earth Master 43a. Home Hazard Hunt WorksheetMaster 16. Graph of the Earths Layers Master 43b. Home Hazard Hunt WorksheetMaster 17. Plate Boundaries Map Master 43c. Home Hazard Hunt WorksheetMaster 18. Convection Currents and Master 44. Quake-Safe Home Checklist

Plate Cross Section Master 45. Neighborhood Hazard HuntMaster 19. Formation and Breakup of Pangaea Master 46. Safety Rules for ShoppersMaster 20a. Pangaea Flip Book Master 47a. Community Hazard HuntMaster 20b. Pangaea Flip Book Master 47b. Community Hazard HuntMaster 20c. Pangaea Flip Book Master 47c. Community Hazard HuntMaster 20d. Pangaea Flip Book Master 48. Drill and Evacuation Checklist

Master 49. Home Earthquake Safety

UNIT EaMaster 21. Fault MovementsMaster 22. Rural Community After an

EarthquakeMaster 23. Fault ModelMaster 24a. Tsunami FactsMaster 24b. Notable TsunamiMaster 25a. Landscape Regions WorksheetMaster 25b. Landscape Regions of U.S.Master 25c. Landscape Regions KeyMaster 26. Ocean Bottom

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 7

Page 10: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake

10

Page 11: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ear

thqu

ake

Cur

ricu

lum

, K-6

--

Scop

e an

d Se

quen

ce C

hart

Uni

t I: D

efin

ing

an E

arth

quak

e

Lev

elC

once

ptL

abor

ator

yM

athe

mat

ics

Lan

guag

e A

rts

Soci

al S

tudi

esA

rt

K-2

An

eart

hqua

ke is

a s

udde

n,ra

pid

shak

ing

of th

e E

arth

caus

ed b

y th

e re

leas

e of

ener

gy s

tore

d in

roc

ks.

Leg

ends

are

trad

ition

alna

rrat

ive

expl

anat

ions

of

natu

ral p

heno

men

a th

atev

olve

whe

n sc

ient

ific

exp

lana

-tio

ns a

re n

ot a

vaila

ble.

Sand

and

box

dem

onst

ratio

n of

eart

hqua

kes

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Ori

gina

l ear

thqu

ake

lege

nds

Eff

ects

of

eart

h-qu

akes

on

mod

elbu

ildin

gs

Eff

ect o

f ea

rth-

quak

es o

n pe

ople

Cul

ture

s an

d le

gend

orig

ins

Illu

stra

tions

of

lege

nds

Illu

stra

tions

of

Ear

th's

inte

rior

Mur

al m

akin

g

3-4

An

eart

hqua

ke is

a s

udde

n,ra

pid

shak

ing

of th

e E

arth

caus

ed b

y th

e re

leas

e of

ener

gy s

tore

d in

roc

ks.

Leg

ends

are

trad

ition

alna

rrat

ive

expl

anat

ions

of

natu

ral p

heno

men

a w

hich

evol

ve, w

hen

scie

ntif

icex

plan

atio

ns a

re n

ot a

vaila

ble.

Ear

thqu

ake

ener

gy is

rel

ease

din

the

form

of

wav

es.

Silic

one

putty

roc

ks

Gel

atin

sim

ulat

ion

ofea

rthq

uake

s

Ear

thqu

ake

lege

nds

Para

grap

gh

wri

tinw

ithC

lass

dis

cuss

ion

Map

stu

dy o

fcu

lture

s as

soci

ated

eart

hqua

kele

gend

s

Map

stu

dy o

fep

icen

ters

Illu

stra

tions

of

eart

hqua

ke c

ause

s

Illu

stra

tions

of

eart

hqua

kele

gend

s

5-6

Ear

thqu

akes

res

ult f

rom

the

build

-up

and

rele

ase

of e

nerg

yst

ored

in r

ocks

.

Ear

thqu

akes

occ

ur o

ver

muc

hof

the

wor

ld a

nd th

e U

nite

dSt

ates

.

Var

ious

soc

ietie

s ha

ve p

ro-

duce

d ea

rthq

uake

lege

nds

toex

plai

n th

ese

natu

ral o

ccur

-re

nces

.

Stic

k si

mul

atio

n of

eart

hqua

kes

Faul

t act

ion

gam

e

Map

sca

les

tom

easu

re d

ista

nces

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Ear

thqu

ake

lege

nds

Ora

l rea

ding

and

note

taki

ng

Map

stu

dy o

fea

rthq

uake

loca

tions

Map

stu

dy o

fcu

lture

s as

soci

ated

with

ear

thqu

ake

lege

nds

Map

stu

dy o

f st

ate

loca

tions

Sign

mak

ing

Dia

gram

mak

ing

12

Page 12: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an EarthquakeAn earthquake is a natural phenomenon like rain.Earthquakes have occurred for billions of years. Descrip-tions as old as recorded history show the significanteffects they have had on people's lives. Long before therewere scientific theories for the cause of earthquakes,people around the world created folklore to explainthem. In simple terms, earthquakes are caused by theconstant motion of Earth's surface. This motion createsbuildup and releases energy stored in rocks at and nearthe Earth's surface. Earthquakes are the sudden, rapidshaking of the Earth as this energy is released.

At half-past two o'clock of a moonlit morning inMarch, I was awakened by a tremendous earth-quake, and though I had never before enjoyed astorm of this sort, the strange, thrilling motion couldnot be mistaken . . . Both glad and frightened, [Ishouted]: "A noble earthquake! A noble earthquake!"feeling sure that I was going to learn something.

John Muir, 1872

13

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 9

Page 13: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake

Defining an EarthquakeAn earthquake is a natural occurrence, like rain.Earthquakes affect almost every part of the Earthand like rain they can be either mild or catastrophic.Over the course of geological time, earthquakes,floods, and other natural events have helped toshape the surface of our planet.

An earthquake may last only a few seconds, but theprocesses that cause earthquakes have operatedwithin the Earth for millions and millions of years.Until very recently, the cause of earthquakes was anunsolved mystery. It was the subject of fancifulfolklore and equally fanciful learned speculation bypeoples throughout the world.

In a legend from Siberian Kamchatka, a god named Tuli drives anEarth-laden sled pulled by flea-infested dogs. When the dogs stop toscratch, the Earth shakes.

***

Some say the Earth was fevrous [feverish] and did shake.Shakespeare, Macbeth, III

In the mid-1960s, many scientific observations andexplanations of earthquakes came together in thetheory of plate tectonics. We'll be exploring thatsubject in later units. In this unit we consider bothscientific and popular explanations for the phenom-enon and look at the patterns of earthquake occur-rence worldwide.

An Earthquake Is . . .

An earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of theEarth caused by the release of energy stored inrocks. This is a brief definition which students of allages can master. A full definition of the term, how-ever, would need to include a good deal moreinformation.

Students may be surprised that we speak of rocksand rock layers, because in many places the rockmaterial of the Earth's crust is covered by accumula-tions of sand or soil. Remind them that even beneaththe sediment in river valleys, plains, and beachareas, some kind of rock is always present.

10 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 1 4

o 0

00 0

Page 14: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake

Pressure Direction

Deformed Rocks

Fault

Earthquake Waves

Earthquake shaking may cause loss of life and de-struction of property. In a strong earthquake theground shakes violently. Buildings may fall or sinkinto the soil. Rocks and soil may move downhill at arapid rate. Such landslides can bury houses andpeople.

Folklore and Scientific TheoryBecause strong earthquakes have such disastrouseffects, it is not surprising that people have alwayslooked for ways to explain their origin. We find manynonscientific explanations of earthquakes in thefolklore of civilizations around the world. We callthese traditional narratives earthquake legends.Some of them are still being told today.

What we have learned in recent years, however,largely from the study of earthquakes, is that theEarth around us is not static, like a stage set for aplay. The Earth's rock layer is broken into largepieces. These pieces are in slow but constant motion.They may slide by smoothly and almost impercepti-bly.

From time to time, the pieces may lock together, andenergy that accumulates between the pieces may besuddenly released. This sudden release of energy,like the snapping of a rubber band that has beenstretched too far, is what we call elastic rebound.Energy is released and travels through the Earth inthe form of waves. People on the surface of the Earthexperience an earthquake.

15

Fault

FocusEarthquake Waves

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 11

Page 15: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake

Earthquake EpicentersThe epicenter of an earthquake is the place on theEarth's surface directly above the focus (or hypocenter),the place inside the Earth where the quake originates.Earthquake foci are usually somewhere between thesurface and 100 km in depth. In some areas, however,foci may be as deep as 700 km.

Even a glance at an earthquake epicenter map showsthat most earthquakes have occurred in certain well-defined regions of the Earth. Because these regionstend to be relatively long and narrow, they are some-times referred to as earthquake belts.

One large belt of epicenters runs through the Mediter-ranean Sea, Asia Minor, the Himalayan mountains,and into the eastern Indian Ocean. A second large beltruns northward through the western Pacific Ocean, theJapanese islands, the Aleutian islands, and the westcoasts of North and South America. The longest belt ofearthquake epicenters runs through the central regionsof most ocean basins. The world epicenter map alsoshows some shorter belts of epicenters.

Chances are, even if your school is far from any earth-quake epicenter, your students already have someideas about earthquakes and what causes them. In thelessons that follow, you will invite them to tell you whatthey think.

Master 7, World Map with Epicenters. The dots represent earth-quakes with magnitudes 5.0 recorded from 1980-1990 by theNational Earthquake Information Center, USGS.

Mao

0 20 40 00,20

ildometers

12 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 16: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

What Is an Earthquake?

Vocabulary

earthquakelegends

Learning Links

Content Concepts1. An earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of the Earthcaused by the release of energy stored in rocks.

2. Legends are traditional narrative explanations of natu-ral phenomena that evolve when scientific explanationsare not available.

Objectives

Students willdescribe personal experiences with earthquakes.construct an earthquake model.observe effects of a simulated earthquake.define the term legend, and listen to a legend.suggest possible causes of earthquakes.

write and illustrate original legends.draw pictures to illustrate their ideas about the Earth'sinterior.

AssessmentRestate The Turtle Tale. Draw or tell three imaginative,non-scientific explanations for Earth movement.

Language Arts: Writing a descriptionof a demonstration (older students),sharing ideas about the possible causes ofearthquakes, building vocabulary, listeningto a legend, creating an original legend

Art: Illustrating the legends, expressingideas about the Earth's interior in drawing,contributing to a mural

Social Studies: Observing the effectsof a simulated earthquake on modelbuildings, predicting the effects onpeople's lives, discussing a NativeAmerican legend, locating San Gabrielon a U.S. map

1 7 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 13

Page 17: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity One: Tremble Here, Tremble There

Materials for the teacherA small table or desk that moves easily

Materials for each small group of studentsA shallow box partially filled with sand or soilAn assortment of paper plates, cups, and small boxes thatcan be stacked to represent a building.

Procedure

1. Introduce the topic with a class discussion based on thefollowing questions:

What does the word quake mean?

What do we mean when we say people are "quaking intheir boots"? (Invite students to imitate a persontrembling.)

Have you ever been on a bridge when it shook from heavytraffic, or near the railroad tracks when a train passedover? (Invite students to demonstrate shaking and vibrat-ing.) What do you suppose is happening to the Earthwhen there is an earthquake?

Has anyone here ever felt an earthquake? (Allow studentstime to express their observations and feelings.)

14 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

earth quakeAn earthquake is a sudden, rapidshaking of the Earth caused by therelease of energy stored in rocks.

leg endsLegends are traditional narrativeexplanations of natural phenomenathat evolve when scientific explana-tions are not available.

1 8

Page 18: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

2. Tell students they are going to make a model to demon-strate what happens during an earthquake. Follow thesesteps:a. Invite a small group of students to pile plates, cups,

and small boxes on top of each other in thefilled box to form a tall structure. (Either haveenough materials for each group to constructone model, or have the groups take turns.)

b. Place the large box on the cart, table, or desk.

c. Shake the cart, table, or desk until the structuretopples.

d. Mk the students to comment on what they see.

What does the sand or soil represent? (the Earth)

What do the plates, cups, and boxes represent? (atall building)

What moves? (the Earth and the building)

What happens to the building? (various degrees ofdamage)

1 9

Children will enjoy simulatingvarious levels of force andobserving the results.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 15

Page 19: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity Two: Tremors and TurtlesMaterials for the teacher

Master la, U.S. MapMaster 2, The Turtle Tale

Materials for each student2 small (6") paper plates1 strawGreen construction paperHandout from Master 3, Turtle Tale Pop-Up PuppetScissorsMarkers or crayonsStapler

Procedure

1. Discuss the origin of legends.How can we understand about earthquakes? (fromscience)

Yes, but earthquakes have been happening for a longtime, and we have only been studying them with scien-tific instruments for a short time. How do you supposepeople explained them before that? (with stories)

These stories are called legends.

Teacher Take Note: See the Appen-dix, Earthquake Legends, for moretremor tales from around theworld.

20

16 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 20: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

Master la, U.S. Map. San Gabriel ismarked with an asterisk (*)

Teacher Take Note: Encourage olderstudents to design their own puppets.Younger students may enjoy the turtledot-to-dot exercise. (Master 4)

2. Point out the San Gabriel Valley on a U.S. map. (Indi-cate the southwestern part of California, in the neighbor-hood of Los Angelessee map.)

3. Introduce the story on Master 2, The Turtle Tale, andread it aloud. This is a story that was told by a group ofNative Americans who lived where earthquakes are com-mon, in the San Gabriel Valley. People call them theGabrielinos (Ga bree uh lee nos).

4. Discuss the story.Did you enjoy the story? Why or why not?

Do you think the story is true? Why or why not? (Stu-dents will give a variety of reasons why it is not: Turtlesare not that big. Turtles are not that strong. Turtlescan't talk.)

Why do you think the Indians developed this story?(When an earthquake or any other frightening eventoccurs, people want to understand what causes it.Understanding helps them to be less afraid.)

Have you ever asked an older person to explain some-thing that frightened you, and felt better afterwards?

5. Have students make a Turtle Tale Pop-Up Puppet.Distribute Master 3 (pattern) to students and give theseinstructions:

Staple plates together top to top creating a roundedshell for the turtle.

Copy pattern onto green construction paper.

Cut out 4 feet, 1 head, and 1 tail.

Attach feet onto shell (paper plates).

Staple tail to one end of the straw and the head to theother.

Slip straw between plates at a space between staples.

Decorate the shell.

Pull the tail to make the head go into the shell. Pushthe tail to make it come out again.

6. Have students act out the legend of the Turtle Talewith their puppets. You will need seven students toportray the turtles and one for the Great Spirit. Studentscan mime the action and dialogue as the teacher readsaloud.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 17

Page 21: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity Three: Earth Mural

Materials for the teacherA large roll of paper for the mural

Materials for each small group of studentsDrawing paper and crayons or oil pastelsScissors

Procedure

1. Ask each student to draw a large circle representing theEarth and draw a picture of what there might be inside tomake it move. Help students dictate or write explanationsthat match their drawings.

2. Create a class mural by directing the students to cutout their drawings and paste them to a large piece ofpaper. The explanations students have written or dictatedmay be displayed beside the drawings.

3. Share all the student stories and the legends. Accept allideas without evaluation. End the lesson without provid-ing any further information as to the actual causes ofearthquakes. (Direct curious students to children's ency-clopedias and other classroom or library reference materi-als. When the discussion resumes in the next lesson, youwill find that students have gained some information ontheir own.

One group of first graders made thesedrawings of the Earth's insides.

Extensions1. Ask students to create their ownlegends to explain earthquakes. Havethem dictate, draw, or write theirstories.

2. Act out the original legends withpaper bag puppets. Provide lunchbags and art materials. Give thestudents time to make their puppetsand rehearse before the final presen-tation.

3. Ask the children to describe animaginary journey to the center of theEarth. What might they find there thatcould cause earthquakes?

18 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 1594f)2

Page 22: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

People Explain Earthquakes

Vocabulary

earthquakelegendculture

Learning Links

Language Arts: Class discussion, writingexpository paragraphs, sharing ideas

Social Studies: Locating countries on theworld map

Art: Illustrating students' earthquaketheories, illustrating legends

Content Concepts1. An earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of the Earthcaused by the release of energy stored in rocks.

2. Legends are traditional narrative explanations of natu-ral phenomena that evolve when scientific explanationsare not available.

3. Earthquake energy is released in the form of waves.

ObjectivesStudents will

describe personal experiences with earthquakes.write and illustrate a paragraph about what they

think causes earthquakes.read and illustrate earthquake legends.

locate the cultures that developed the variouslegends on a world map.compare these locations to the major areas ofearthquake activity around the world.state what scientists now believe is the cause ofearthquakes.

observe the effects of a simulated earthquake.

AssessmentExplain or draw a picture of what scientists believe is thecause of earthquakes.

2 3

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 19

Page 23: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity One: Earthquake Experiences

Materials for the teacherMagazine or newspaper accounts of earthquakes, orbooks, slides, movies, and other media dealing with thesubject

Materials for the studentsDrawing paperCrayons or markersTape

Procedure

1. Begin a discussion by asking students what they thinkan earthquake is. List responses on the board.

2. Ask if any of your students has ever experienced anearthquake. Invite those who have to share their experi-ences with the class.

3. If the students do not have much personal experienceto draw on, use some of the resources suggested above toprovide a basis for the unit. You may also want to invitesomeone who has experienced an earthquake to visit theclass.

4. Distribute paper and art supplies. Ask the students tomake drawings illustrating what they think causes earth-quakes. They may write paragraphs to accompany thepictures and combine them as a display for the wall orbulletin board. Volunteers can present their ideas to theclass. Make no comments about the correctness of theirideas at this point.

20 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

earth quakeAn earthquake is a sudden, rapidshaking of the Earth caused by therelease of energy stored in rocks.

leg endsLegends are traditional narrativeexplanations of natural phenomenawhich evolve when scientificexplanations are not available.

cul tureA culture is the special way of lifecommon to a group of people.

Page 24: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Teacher Take Note: Some of theselegends come from parts of the worldwhere quakes do not occur fre-quently. An earthquake is a highlydramatic, memorable event. Somecultures may have borrowed oraltraditions based on events outsidetheir own geographic region. Othersmay have carried legends with themas they migrated from one part of theglobe to another. Be prepared to finda less than exact correlation betweenlegends and earthquake activity.

Master 6, World Map with Legend Sites

Activity Two: Earthquake Legends

Materials for the teacherLarge wall map of the world, or transparency madefrom Master 5, World MapTape or pinsColored yarnTransparency made from Master 6, World Map withLegend SitesTransparency made from Master 7, World Map withEpicentersOverhead projector

Materials for each studentBooklet of earthquake legends (See Appendix)Large sheets of drawing paperCrayons or markers

Procedure1. Explain that earthquakes have been happening onEarth for millions of years. Scientists have understoodwhat causes them for less than 50 years. People whoexperienced earthquakes developed traditional explana-tions that suited their culture, or way of life. We call theseexplanations legends.

Earthquake Legend Sites Key1. India2. Assam, between

Bangladesh and China3. Mexico4. Siberia5. Japan6. Mozambique7. Greece8. Belgium9. Tennessee USA

10. West Africa11. Mongolia12. India13. Latvia14. Colombia15. Scandinavia16. New Zealand17. East Africa18. Central America19. Romania20. West Africa

kW=

7

Naorneten

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 21

Page 25: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

2. Distribute art materials and copies of the legends toevery student. Divide the students into groups and haveeach group illustrate one of the legends. Label each illus-tration with the name of the culture or the region of theworld it comes from.

3. On a world map, locate the region where each legendoriginated. (See Master 6. How you approach this part ofthe activity depends on your students' geography back-ground.)

4. Make a wall display by having students place theirillustrations on the wall surrounding the world map. Usethe yarn and pins or tape to connect each illustration of alegend to the appropriate spot on the map.

5. Ask each group to read or recount their legend, and tellwhy they think it does or does not explain earthquakes.You may need to start the groups off by asking suchquestions as these, for the first story:

Are elephants big enough to hold up the world?

Could an elephant stand on a turtle without crushing it?

Did the early Hindus imagine ordinary animals in thisstory, or magical ones?

Do you think there are any such magical animals?

6. Project the transparency of Master 7, World Map withEpicenters. Explain that each dot shows a place where anearthquake has occurred. You may want to highlight theareas of greatest earthquake activity. Ask students if theycan see a relationship between these areas and the placeswhere the legends originated.

Teacher Take Note: You may want toread all the legends with the studentsbefore they begin to draw.

Legend Book Assembly

Copy the pages (each one has twolegends) for the legend book insequence. Be sure to copy page 2 onthe back of the cover page. Repeatthis process for the rest of the pages.Fold and staple in the center to forma booklet.

22 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 26: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Teacher Take Note: This recipe hasbeen carefully tested. To transmitwaves that can be seen easily, the panmust be metal, and it must be fullnearly to the top with the gelatinmixture.

Activity Three: Tasty Quake

Materials for the teacherOne pan of prepared gelatin dessert (see recipe)A fist-sized rockSilicone putty or "flubber" (see recipe)25 coffee stirrers 5" (13 cm) plasticScissorsRuler

Procedure1. Prepare gelatin dessert in advance and refrigerate.These ingredients will make one pan. Prepare more if youwish to have several small groups performing the demon-stration simultaneously.

2. Write the definition of an earthquake on the board.

3. Explain that under the soil there are rock layers. Theselayers are under stress because of activity within theEarth.

4. Explain that when these rocks are under extreme stressthey react more like a plastic material, such as siliconeputty, than like the hard rock we see above the ground.(Show rock and putty.)

5. Demonstrate with silicone putty (or flubber), or distrib-ute several lumps so that each small group can do theactivity for themselves. (The putty will be difficult to breakif it has been warmed by too much handling, so workquickly.)

Teacher Take Note: To get the bestresults follow the instructions formixing ingredients in two separatebowls before combining all ingre-dients. Students should not eat theflubber. Students should wash theirhands after handling the mixture.

'2 7 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 23

Page 27: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Defining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 2, Grades 3-4

a. First, stretch the putty slowly to show how rocks reactto slow twisting and pulling.

b. Next, shape it back into a ball and give it a sharp tugwith both hands. The putty will snap into two pieces.

c. Explain that this reaction is similar to what happensduring an earthquake.

6. Explain that when rocks break in this sudden wayenergy is released in the form of waves. We can simulatethis release of energy by watching what happens to a panof gelatin.

7. Gently tap the side of the pan of gelatin, while holdingthe pan firmly with the other hand. Students should beable to see the waves traveling through the gelatin. Com-pare the gelatin to the ground, the tap of your hand to therock breaking, and the waves in the gelatin to earthquakewaves.

8. Ask the students to predict what happens when you tapthe pan with more force. Tap the pan harder. Is theirprediction confirmed? Repeat these two steps severaltimes, and be sure that all the students have a chance tosee the waves.

9. Coffee stirrers can be used to further enhance studentobservation of wave action. In the gelatin, insert to thebottom of the pan, four rows of stirrers parallel to the shortside of the pan. (Place each row approximately 1.5" (4 cm)apart. Place each stirrer approximately 1.25" (3 cm) apart.)

10. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above (tap pan at side oppositethe stirrers).

11. Ask students to compare their observations of waves ingelatin with and without stirrers. (The stirrers magnify thewave action, allowing greater visibility.) Discuss possibleresults of wave action on buildings (point out that stirrerscould represent buildings). Ask how stirrers reacted todifferent amounts of force used in tapping the pan.

24 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Extensions1. Students could act out the legendswith a few simple props.

2. Students could survey other studentsin the school to learn what they thinkcauses earthquakes. Responses can betabulated on the board or on butcherpaper taped to the wall and becomethe basis for a class discussion.

3. In an area where earthquakes donot occur frequently, students couldsurvey adults in the community to findout how many of them have experi-enced earthquakes. Small groups coulddivide responsibility for a set numberof interviews such as ten per groupand graph their results. No two stu-dents may interview the same person.

4. Instead of illustrating the legendson large sheets of paper, students maydraw a small symbol for each legend,cut it out, and pin it directly onto alarge wall map at the correct location.The Japanese legend, for example,could be represented by a fish.

23Tap on this end

Page 28: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Energy Waves Cause Earthquakes

Vocabulary

earthquakelegendstored energy (potential energy)earthquake waves (seismic waves)faultfault creepfocusepicenter

Learning Links

Language Arts: Discussing, oralreading, note taking, followingdirections

Social Studies: Map reading, correlat-ing different types of maps, discussingeffects and explanations of earth-quakes in past and present societies

Math: Using map scale to measuredistances

Art: Creating signs, illustrating activity

Content Concepts1. Earthquakes result from the buildup and release ofenergy stored in rocks.

2. Earthquakes occur over much of the world, includingthe United States.

3. Various societies have produced earthquake legends toexplain these natural occurrences.

Objectives

Students willwatch one demonstration and participate in one activ-

ity on elastic rebound, and apply the principle to earth-quake activity.demonstrate the phenomenon of fault creep, anddistinguish it from earthquake activity.list some events that occur during an earthquake.locate their own state on an outline map of theUnited States.determine from the study of epicenter maps if theirlocal area and state have experienced earthquakes.read and discuss earthquake legends.locate the place where each legend originated onan outline map of the world.

AssessmentDescribe (write and/or draw) an event which releasesenergy and relate the results of that energy release.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 25

Page 29: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity One: A Wet Wave Experience

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 8, Elastic ReboundOverhead projectorStrip of 1/16" wood lath the size of a ruler, or a 1/4"dried stick about 1' (30 cm) long.Sink or basin large enough to hold woodWater to fill basinGoggle

Procedure

1. Gather students around sink or basin filled almost tothe top with water.

2. Hold the wood completely under water. With one handon each end, bend it slowly until it breaks.

3. Ask students to describe what they see: jerky move-ment of the water and waves radiating out from the break-ing point.

4. Explain that energy was transferred to the stick by thehand movements, stored as potential energy until thestick broke, and then transferred to the water. This con-cept of buildup and release of energy in rocks is calledelastic rebound theory.

5. Direct students to make a drawing of the demonstrationin their notebooks.

6. Ask students to explain how the demonstration relatesto an earthquake.

7. Project transparency of Master 8, Elastic Rebound, anduse it to illustrate that when pressure from within theEarth is exerted on rocks, they bend and store energyuntil they reach a certain point, like the wood.

The stored or potential energy is released, in the form ofwaves, in an event we call an earthquake. The breakingpoint is the focus of the earthquake. Help students torelate this explanation to the demonstration.

26 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

fo cusThe focus is the place where anearthquake starts.

ep i cen terThe epicenter is the point on theEarth's surface directly above thefocus.

faultA fault is a crack in rock or soilalong which earthquake movementhas taken place.

earth quake wavesEarthquake waves, or seismicwaves, are waves caused by therelease of energy in the Earth'srocks during an earthquake.

Elastic Rebound

Original position

Buildup of potential energy

3 GE3reaking stick produces energy release

Page 30: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Smooth surface slides easily.

A sticky drawer opens with a jerky movement.

Activity Two: It's Your Fault

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 9, Dresser DrawersTransparency made from Master 10a, Earthquake TermsOverhead projector

Materials for each studentA sign saying either Block A or Block B (Students canmake them and letter them neatly.)String or tape for affixing sign

Procedure1. Project the transparency made from Master 9, andexplain that the pieces of Earth's crust often move pasteach other as smoothly as our dresser drawers move.Project Master 10a, and point out the fault on the Earth'ssurface.

2. Label the area to the left of the fault Block A and that toits right, Block B. Explain to students that they are goingto demonstrate what happens when pieces of the Earth'scrust move.

3. Take the students to a location in or outside the class-room where they will not hit anything but the floor if theyfall.

31EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 27

Page 31: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

4. Ask them to form into groups of 8 to 10 students, anddivide each group into equal halves. (The teacher canparticipate if necessary to even the groups.)

5. Line up two groups of students facing each other, andexplain that each line represents a block of Earth. Thearea between the two lines represents a fault.

6. Students should stretch out their arms, from both sidesof the "fault," so that each is lightly touching the palms ofa student on the other side.

7. Instruct students on both sides of each fault to shufflesmoothly to the students' right, keeping their palmsextended. (The two lines will move in opposite directions,and students will slowly change partners.) Explain thatthis simulates fault creep movement.

8. Line the groups up as before, but this time have themlock fingers across the fault. Again instruct them to moveto the right by slow steps, but keep them moving past thepoint where they can hold on easily. Just before they haveto let go or fall, call out "earthquake!" Ask students todrop hands and stand up straight. The sudden release ofenergy should cause them to stumble and fall into oneanother. Explain that this activity simulates an earth-quake.

9. Compare and contrast the two events in a class discus-sion, referring to the Dresser Drawers (Master 9) andEarthquake Terms (Master 10a) transparencies. Be surethat students understand the difference between thesmooth movement that simulated fault creep and thebuildup and sudden release of stress that caused them tostumble in the second demonstration. According to thetheory of elastic rebound, it is this buildup and release ofstress that causes earthquakes.

3 2

28 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 32: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Fault

Focus

Activity Three: Visual Vocabulary

Materials for the teacherMovie clip, video clip, slides, filmstrip, or writteneyewitness account(s) of earthquakesTransparency made from Master 10a, Earthquake TermsOverhead projector

Materials for each studentStudent handout made from Master 10b, EarthquakeTerms WorksheetColored pencils

Procedure1. Ask any class members who have experienced anearthquake to describe that event to the class.

2. Use one of the media listed above (movie clip, video,etc.) to give the class some common vicarious earthquakeexperiences.

3. Brainstorm to create a class list of things that happenduring an earthquake (rumbling noises, swaying trees,etc.) on the board or an overhead.

4. Project Master 10a, and go over the defmitions of focus,epicenter fault, and earthquake waves. Instruct studentsto fill in the definitions on Master 10b, Earthquake TermsWorksheet, then shade over each one in a different color:the first in red, the second in blue, the third in yellow, andthe fourth in green. Finally, ask them to color the part ofthe diagram that each definition refers to in the samecolor as the definition.

Earthquake Waves

Master 10a. earthquake terms.

3 3 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 29

Page 33: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Four: Local Legends

Materials for the teacherStandard classroom wall map of the world, or a trans-parency made from Master 5, World MapTransparency of Master 11, U.S. Map with EpicentersTransparency made from Master 7, World Map withEpicentersBooklet of earthquake legends (See Appendix.)Optional: Epicenter map of your state or area (obtainfrom state geological survey, U.S. Geological Survey orlocal college geolog department)

Materials for each studentBooklet of legendsWorksheets made from Master 11, U.S. Map withEpicenters

Procedure

1. Using transparencies and/or student copies of the U.S.Map with Epicenters. Master 11, ask students thesequestions:

According to this map, which of the states experience alot of earthquakes?

Which states experience very few or no earthquakes?

Where is our state on this map?

According to the map, does our state experience asmall, medium, or large number of earthquakes?

People in states without epicenters, as shown on thismap, may still experience earthquakes. How can thisbe? (Both seismographs and the human senses canregister the effects of distant earthquakes, especiallylarge ones. Also, this map only records quakes over acertain intensity. Some states may have quakes belowthose levels.)

2. Show students how to use the map scale on the U.S.Map with Epicenters to measure the distance from wherethey live to the nearest epicenter on the map. Use a localor state map if available.

3 4

30 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Extensions1. If you live in an area that has everbeen affected by an earthquake, checkyour local library for microfilm copiesof old newspapers describing theevent. On August 31, 1886, for ex-ample, the effects of the Charleston,South Carolina earthquake were felt inmost of the states east of the Missis-sippi and south of New York state.

2. Current documentation on seismicactivity can be obtained through theInternet at http://earthquake.usgs.gov

Teacher Take Note: The termsintensity and magnitude will, bediscussed in later chapters.

Page 34: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IDefining an Earthquake/ Unit I, Level 3, Grades 5-6

leg endsLegends are traditional narrativeexplanations of natural phenomenawhich evolve when scientificexplanations are not available.

Master 6, World Map with Legend Sites

3. Write the definition of legend on the board, and invitestudents to recount some legends they may have heard.

4. Have students read some of the earthquake legends outloud in class. Locate the origin of each on the world mapbefore moving on the next.

5. Project the transparency of Master 7, World Map withEpicenters, and ask students if they see any correlationbetween the origins of the legends and the density ofearthquake epicenters. (See Unit I, Level 2, Activity Two.)

6. Discuss with students:Why did these legends develop? (Emphasize that theywere creative attempts to explain frightening andpuzzling natural occurrences.)

What real facts do these legends contain or reflect?(Siberia: that human beings and animals are interde-pendent; New Zealand: that the Earth is like a livingorganism; Romania: that human decency upholds thesocial world; Mexico: that the evil in the world is hardto understand; etc.)

Earthquake Legend Sites Key1. India2. Assam, between

Bangladesh and China3. Mexico4. Siberia5. Japan6. Mozambique7. Greece8. Belgium9. Tennessee USA

10. West Africa11. Mongolia12. India13. Latvia14. Colombia15. Scandinavia16. New Zealand17. East Africa18. Central America19. Romania20. West Africa

O IMO 2 $ 00011=111Was

o 2coo coo emo

Krems..

3 5 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 31

Page 35: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Unit I. Defining an EarthquakeMaterials List

Grades K-2audiovisual cart on wheelsshallow boxsand or soilpaper plates and cupssmall boxesgreen construction paperstrawsstaplerwriting paperpencilmural paperdrawing papercrayonsoil pastelsscissors

32 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Grades 3-4drawing papercrayonsmarkerstapestraight pinscolored yarnfist-sized rockSilly PuttyTMred or purple gelatinunflavored gelatinboiling watermetal baking panoverhead projectorcoffee stirring sticks

36

Grades 5-6wood lath or dried sticklarge bowlsink or basingogglescolored pencilsstring or tapeoverhead projectorpaper clips

Page 36: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master la

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Cr)

Page 37: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VE

RM

ON

T

NE

W Y

OR

KM

AIN

E

NE

W H

AM

PS

HIR

E

MA

SS

AC

HU

SE

TfS

RH

OD

E IS

LAN

D

CO

NN

EC

TIC

UT

PE

NN

SY

LVA

NIA

NE

W J

ER

SE

Y

DE

LAW

AR

E

WA

SH

ING

TO

N, D

C

MA

RY

LAN

D

WE

ST

VIR

GIN

IA

VIR

GIN

IA

NO

RT

H C

AR

OLI

NA

SO

UT

H C

AR

OLI

NA

CA

LIF

OR

NIA

ALA

SK

A

o40

0I

M.le

s

029

0I1

=I

Kilo

met

ers

Ce7

.

ALA

BA

MA

MiS

SIS

SIP

PI

LOU

ISIA

NA

00.

200

' " I

Mlle

sca

v

Kilo

met

ers

HA

WA

II

029

040

0

Kol

omel

ers

3940

Page 38: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 2

The Turtle Tale

Long, long ago, before there were people, there was hardly anything in theworld but water. One day, Great Spirit looked down from heaven. He decided tomake a beautiful land. But where could he begin? All he saw was water. Then hespotted a giant turtle. Great Spirit decided to make the beautiful land on theturtle's back.

But one turtle was not big enough. The land Great Spirit wanted to make wasvery large. So he called out, "Turtle, hurry and find your six brothers."

Turtle swam to find them. It took her a whole day to find the first. It took heranother day to find the next. After six days, turtle had found her six brothers."Come," she said, "Great Spirit wants us."

Great Spirit called down. "Turtles! Form a line, all of youhead to tail, north tosouth. Ummyou three on the south, please move a little to the east. Hmmm.Yes, that's just right. What a beautiful land you turtles will make! Now listen!It is a great honor to carry this beautiful land on your backs. So you mustnot move"

The turtles stayed very still. Great Spirit took some straw from his supply in thesky. He spread it out on the turtles' backs. Then he took some soil and patted itdown on top of the straw.

Great Spirit cleaned his hands on a fluffy white cloud. Then he went to work,shaping mountains and valleys and lakes and rivers. When he was finished helooked at the beautiful land he had made. Great Spirit was very pleased. Butsoon trouble came. The giant turtles grew restless. They wanted to stretchtheir legs.

"I want to swim east," said one. "This beast goes east."

"West is best. I'll swim toward the setting sun," said another.

The turtles began to argue. They could not agree which way to move. One day,four of the turtles began to swim east. The others began to swim west. TheEarth shook! It cracked with a loud noise. But after a minute, the shakingstopped. The turtles had to stop moving because the land on their backs wasso heavy. They had only been able to swim a little way from each other. Whenthey saw that they could not swim away, they stopped arguing and made up.

Every once in a while, though, the turtles argue again. Each time they do,the Earth shakes.

HELP: Hands-on Earthquake Learning Package. (1983). California Edition.Environmetital Volunteers. Inc.

4 1EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 39: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 3

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 40: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

I he

ard

a le

gend

fro

m th

e Sa

n G

abri

elin

o In

dian

s.

The

Ind

ians

thou

ght t

hat b

ig tu

rtle

s ca

rrie

d th

e la

nd o

n th

eir

back

s. T

hey

thou

ght t

hat a

n ea

rthq

uake

hap

pene

d w

hen

the

turt

les

mov

ed in

dif

fere

nt d

irec

tions

.

1. C

onne

ct th

e do

ts.

2. C

olor

the

turt

le c

arry

ing

land

on

its b

ack

P9

LR

0 f

K 0

-,S

lf

U

oT

4 4

4 5

Page 41: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

N \

)5A N N\ ,1/4x,N N

?

1 v \V

N. XXNA

.XNN -N ,,N

v ,

, ,.., Ap ,

k. *4 ' \'k.'

A X\

N

X xx

1.

0 A

mgr.

Page 42: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 6

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

CT)

Page 43: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 7

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

lf)

Page 44: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 8

Elastic Rebound

Stick Changes

Original position with no strainon sticks and rocks

Buildup of potential energy inbent stick and deformed rocks

Breaking stick and rocksproduces break (fault) andenergy release or earthquake

Rock Changes

Pressure Direction

Deformed Rocks

Fault

Earthquake Waves

54")EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 45: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 9

Dresser Drawers

However...

Smooth drawer surfacesslide easily

A great force is needed to movea sticky drawer

A sticky drawer opens with ajerky movement

5 3EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 46: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 10a

Earthquake Terms

Fault

Focus

Definitions:

FocusThe focus is the place where an earthquake starts.

Earthquake Waves

EpicenterThe epicenter is the point on the Earth's surface directly above the focus.

FaultA fault is a break in the Earth's rocky surface along which the two sides havebeen displaced relative to each other.

Earthquake WavesEarthquake waves are waves caused by the release of energy.

5 4EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 47: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 10b

Earthquake Terms Worksheet

Name

Fault

Focus

Definitions:

Earthquake Waves

Focus

Epicenter

Fault

Earthquake Waves

-

55EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 48: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VE

RM

ON

T

NE

W Y

OR

K

CA

LIF

OR

NIA

MA

INE

NE

W H

AM

PS

HIR

E

MA

SS

AC

HU

SE

TT

S

RH

OD

E IS

LAN

D

CO

NN

EC

TIC

UT

PE

NN

SY

LVA

NIA

NE

W J

ER

SE

Y

DE

LAW

AR

E

WA

SH

ING

TO

N, D

C

MA

RY

LAN

D

WE

ST

VIR

GIN

IA

VIR

GIN

IA

NO

RT

H C

AR

OLI

NA

SO

UT

H C

AR

OLI

NA

GE

OR

GIA

FLO

RID

A

ALA

BA

MA

MIS

SIS

SIP

PI

LOU

ISIA

NA

200

Man

IC, 1

01/le

ery

HA

WA

II

403

Moe

,20

040

060

0

Kdo

rnet

em

5756

Page 49: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and WhereEarthquakes Occur

53

Page 50: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ear

thqu

ake

Cur

ricu

lum

, K-6

-- S

cope

and

Seq

uenc

e C

hart

Uni

t II:

Why

and

Whe

re E

arth

quak

es O

ccur

Lev

elC

once

ptL

abor

ator

yM

athe

mat

ics

Lan

guag

e A

rts

Soci

al S

tudi

esA

rt

K-2

The

Ear

th is

mad

e up

of

laye

rs.

Ear

th's

out

er la

yer

is b

roke

nin

to p

iece

s ca

lled

plat

es.

The

mov

emen

t of

Ear

th p

late

sis

the

caus

e of

mos

t ear

th-

quak

es.

Egg

ana

logy

of

the

eart

h la

yers

Ear

th la

yer

sim

ula-

tion

gam

e

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Map

puz

zle

of E

arth

plat

esC

olor

, cut

, and

past

e E

arth

pla

tes

Shap

e re

cogn

ition

of E

arth

pla

tepu

zzle

3-4

The

Ear

th h

as a

laye

red

stru

ctur

e.

Ear

th's

out

er la

yer,

the

litho

sphe

re, i

s br

oken

into

piec

es c

alle

d pl

ates

.

Con

vent

ion

curr

ents

in th

em

antle

mig

ht b

e th

e ca

use

ofpl

ate

mot

ion

whi

ch r

esul

ts in

eart

hqua

kes.

Egg

ana

logy

of

Ear

thla

yers

Han

d m

ovem

ent

sim

ulat

ion

of E

arth

laye

r m

otio

n

Con

vect

ion

curr

ent

dem

onst

ratio

n

Scal

e m

easu

rem

ents

Bar

gra

ph o

f E

arth

laye

rs

Wri

tten

desc

ript

ion

of E

arth

's in

teri

or

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Ear

th s

ize

and

dist

ance

s

Map

stu

dy o

fep

icen

ter

and

plat

elo

catio

ns

Col

or in

Ear

thla

yer

diag

ram

Thr

ee d

imen

sion

alm

odel

of

Ear

thla

yers

5-6

The

Ear

th h

as a

laye

red

stru

ctur

e an

d an

out

er la

yer

brok

en in

to p

iece

s ca

lled

plat

es.

Thr

ee b

asic

mov

emen

ts ta

kepl

ace

at th

e ed

ges

of th

epl

ates

.

Plat

e m

ovem

ents

cre

ate

spec

ial s

urfa

ce f

eatu

res

near

the

edge

s of

the

plat

es.

Con

vent

ion

curr

ents

in th

em

antle

may

be

the

caus

e of

plat

e m

ovem

ents

.

Mod

els

of E

arth

plat

e m

otio

ns

Con

vect

ion

curr

ent

dem

onst

ratio

n

Scal

e m

odel

of

Ear

thla

yers

Met

ric

mea

sure

men

t

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Map

stu

dy o

fep

icen

ter

and

plat

elo

catio

ns

Geo

logi

c fe

atur

es o

fth

e E

arth

's s

urfa

ce 0 r

Mod

el o

f E

arth

laye

rs

Mod

el o

f fo

rmat

ion

and

brea

k-up

of

Pang

aea

59

Page 51: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

II

Why and WhereEarthquakes Occur

Although our Earth feels solid as we walk along itssurface, it is really only partly so. The Earth is dividedinto three main layers that can be visualized by usinga hard-boiled egg as a model. There is a hard outersurface, a softer middle layer, and a central core. Theoutermost layer of the Earth is broken into irregularpieces, called plates, which make the Earth resemble aspherical jigsaw puzzle. These plates are in very slowbut constant motion. Plates move in three differentwayscolliding with each other, spreading apart, orsliding past one another. Earthquakes can release theenergy stored in rocks by any one or a combination ofthese three kinds of movement. Today many scientistsbelieve that the plates float on currents created in hotplastic-like material beneath the plates.

61

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 33

Page 52: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur

Why and WhereEarthquakes OccurIn Unit I we defined earthquakes in a general way,particularly as they affect human beings. To reallyunderstand why earthquakes occur, however, we needto know something about the makeup of our Earth.Two concepts are basic to all of the lessons in this unit:that the planet we live on is composed of layers, andthat its outermost layer and surface are broken intoirregular pieces called plates.

The Layers of the EarthThe simplest way of describing the Earth's layers is tocompare the globe to a hard-boiled egg. It has a crustsomething like the shell, a middle layer, or mantle,something like the white, and a core that is somethinglike the yolk. The crust and the upper portion of themantle are often referred to together as the lithosphere,or rock sphere. Scientists further divide the core intothe inner core and the outer core.

Crust and LithosphereThe Earth's crust varies in thickness from about 65 kmon the continents to only about 10 km on the oceanfloors. Even at its thickest, the crust is not nearly asthick in relation to the whole bulk of the Earth as theshell of an egg is to the egg. This becomes obviouswhen we compare 65 km to the radius of the Earth,6,370 km.

The lithosphere is the outer solid portion of Earth thatincludes the crust and the uppermost part of themantle. The lithosphere has an average depth of 100km.

Lower Mantle and CoreDirectly below the lithosphere is the asthenosphere, aregion of the mantle with a plastic, semisolid consis-tency, which reaches to about 200 km below the sur-face. The mantle continues to a depth of 2,900 km.

6234 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Ocean

Lithosphere

Asthenosphere

Mantle

Page 53: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur

Types of Plate Movements

Divergent (spreading) Convergent (colliding)plate movement plate movement

Strike-slip (transform)plate movement

The liquid outer core, which might be compared tothe outer two-thirds of an egg's yolk, reaches from2,900 km to a depth of about 5,100 km. The solid,metallic inner core goes the rest of the way to thecenter of the Earth. Both are composed primarily ofiron and nickel.

The oldest rocks of the crust have been dated byradioactive decay at about 4.0 billion years old. Wedo not know when the lithosphere began to form, butwe assume that it broke into plates at this time.

The Earth's PlatesMost earthquakes are caused by large-scale move-ments of the Earth's lithospheric plates and occur atthe boundaries between the plates. Experts recognizeseven to twelve major plates and a number of smallerones. The plates take their names from continents(the North American plate); from oceans (the Pacificplate); and from geographic areas (the Arabian plate).

Slow and Steady MotionThe plates are in very slow but constant motion, sothat seen from above, the Earth's surface might looklike a slowly moving spherical jigsaw puzzle. Theplates move at rates of 2 to 15 cm, or several inches,in a year: about as fast as our fingernails grow. On ahuman scale, this is a rate of movement that onlythe most sophisticated instruments can detect. Buton the scale of geological time, it's a dizzying speed.At this rate, those almost-four-billion-year-old rockscould have traveled all the way around the Eartheleven times.

Three Kinds of Plate MovementsThe movement of the plates is generally one of threekindsspreading, colliding, or sliding. When platesare spreading, or separating from each other, we calltheir movement divergent. When they are colliding,or pushing each other, we call the movement conver-gent. Movement in which plates slide past each otheris called strike-slip (or transform) plate movement.Earthquakes can accompany each of the three typesof movement.

63EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 35

Page 54: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur

Plate Tectonics

Continental Drift: 1910 to 1960The theory of plate tectonics originated early in the20th century, although it did not gain general accep-tance until the late 1960s. The German meteorolo-gist, geophysicist, and explorer Alfred L. Wegener isnow given credit for the first step in understandingthe movement of the lithosphere. In the period 1910-1912 he formulated the theory called continental driftand collected evidence from the rocks, fossils, andclimate of various continents to show that they hadonce been joined together. Wegener had little data onthe oceanic crust, so he thought that the continentsmerely moved through that crust.

Plate Tectonics: 1960 to the PresentIn the early 1960s, Fred Vine and DrummondMatthews showed that the ocean floor was spreadingapart at the mid-ocean ridges. They and others soonrealized that the continents were also moving. By1968 a new explanation for the dynamics of theEarth's surface had been born, and christened platetectonics.

Convection CurrentsThe force that drives the plates, however, is stillsomething of a mystery. Wegener thought that cen-trifugal force, caused by the rotation of the Earth,was the cause of continental drift. The weight ofmodern scientific opinion favors convection cur-rentssystems of heat exchange that form in theEarth's mantle.

Beneath the lithosphere the mantle is semi-molten toa depth of about 260 km. Its plastic-like materialrises in response to heat and sinks when the tem-perature drops. You can see this kind of movement ifyou boil water in a clear glass pot.

36 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Earth land masses about200,000,000 years ago.

6 4

Earth land masses about50,000,000 years into the future.

Page 55: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur

This convective movement acts as a drag on theunderside of the lithospheric plates, causing them toseparate where mantle material is rising and collidewhere it sinks. As the plates are dragged along overthe mantle, like potato chips riding on honey, theleading edges of some plates are destroyed, whileothers pick up new material. Sometimes the edge ofone plate slides under another, in the process we callsubduction.Some scientists explain the motion of plates as adownhill sliding. They are high at the mid-oceanridges, and extend deep into the mantle at theirleading edges. As a subducting plate sinks, it frac-tures from the stress and causes deep earthquakes.Eventually, because of the high temperature of themantle, the subducting plate melts. Then this moltenplate material rises into the crust, where it feedsvolcanoes.Somehow, these various processes maintain a kindof balance, so that the size of the.lithosphere staysabout the same. Remember to emphasize, with yourstudents, the great sweep of geological time in whichtectonic processes occur. Discovering the dynamicnature of this seemingly solid Earth should be excit-

Lithosphere ing, but not frightening.ti Direction of Plate Movements

Volcanos

Rising Magma

x-x-x- EarthquakeCroveunrgentesPloaite

Plates A and B

Island Arc of Volcanos Ocean Trench

Mid Ocean Ridge atDivergent Plate

Boundary ofPlates B and C

Ocean Trench atDivergent Plate

Boundary ofPlates C and D

Younertain

Sea LevelLateral or

Transform Fault

..

Plate A

Rising Magma

Melting

Plate D

Melting

Master 18, Convection Currents and Plate Boundaries

65 EAKIIIQUAKES-FEMA 159 37

Page 56: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 1, Grades 1C-2

Inside Planet Earth

Vocabulary

coremantlecrustplate

Learning Links

Content Concepts1. The Earth is made up of layers.

2. Its outer layer is broken into pieces called plates.

3. The movement of the Earth's plates is the cause ofmost earthquakes

Objectives

Students willname and identify layers of the Earth.observe a model of the Earth's plates.

create a model of the Earth's layers with their bodies.construct a representation of the Earth's plates withjigsaw puzzle pieces.

AssessmentConstruct a scientific drawing showing layers of the Earth.

Language Arts: Vocabulary building,following directions

Art: Coloring, cutting, pasting, shaperecognition

Social Studies: Locating plates on aworld map and identifying major globalfeatures (continents and oceans)

66EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 39

Page 57: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity One: Earth from the Inside OutMaterials for the teacher

Transparency made from Master 12a, Layers of theEarthOverhead projectorHard-boiled egg with the Earth's plates outlined inpermanent marker (Crude markings will do.)Kitchen knife or dental floss

Materials for each studentBatches of PlayDohTM, modeling medium (see recipe), orplasticine modeling clayMaster 12b, Earth Layers WorksheetSmall strips of yellow, blue, and red construction paper3 toothpicksScissorsPaste or glueDental floss or butter knife

Procedure

1. Show the transparency on the overhead projector,pointing out the three basic layers of the Earthcore,mantle, and crustand describing each.

2. Show students the egg and point out the marks thatindicate the plates.

Explain: The Earth's top layer is broken into pieces calledplates. The plates are always moving, but usually veryslowlyabout as fast as your fmgernails grow. Sometimes,when the plates move away from each other, bump intoeach other, or grind past each other, we experience earth-quakes. Then we feel ghaking, and sometimes we hearrumbling.

3. With a sharp knife, slice the egg, shell and all, andshow students the layers inside. Explain that the crust issomething like the shell, the white is something like themantle, and the yolk is something like the core.

4. Prior to this activity make batches of modeling mediumif PlayDohTM or modeling clay is not available.

40 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

coreThe core is the deepest layer of theEarth. It helps to heat the Earthfrom inside like a furnace.

man tleThe mantle is the layer between thecore and the crust. It is mostlysolid. Just below its top is a semi-solid layer with a consistencysomething like modeling clay orgelatin dessert.

crustThe crust is the top layer of theEarth, solid and very thin com-pared to the other layers.

lirodekiglkteclitina

3 cupsflour1 1/2 cups

wate4 rtablespoonsco

1 1/2cUps

saltoking

oilj

Creamof' tartar

or alum

red, yellow.and blue food

Mik. four,salt, cream

of tartar(or alurn)

tn sauce

Pan. Add foodcoloring

of choiceand

ol/ to water.

Pourwater

into !lour

e, snrrirm.to 1711.k. Place

over mediumheat

stirring

prevent

Cookuntil inikture

formsa ball

with the

of thick'bashed

potatoes.Removerrorn

heat and kneadto make

smooth.Store

in an

6 7

Page 58: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit H, Level 1,'Grades K-2

Model of inside of the Earth with labellingflags.Toothpick flags: toothpicks with a piece ofpaper wrapped and glued around one end

Teacher Take Note: In later gradesstudents will also learn about thelithosphere, the layer to which theplates belong. For now the threebasic layers are enough.

5. Encourage students to create their own model of theinside of the Earth beginning with the core and workingout to the crust.

Have students choose a small portion of red clay torepresent the core of the Earth. They will need agreater portion of yellow (mantle), and then blue (crust)to create their model.

Using dental floss or a butter knife, have students cuttheir model in half, then label each section with atoothpick flag.

6. Distribute copies of Master 12b, Earth LayersWorksheet. Direct students to color the Earth's layers indifferent colors: red for the core, yellow for the mantle,and blue for the crust. Readers can cut out the labels andpaste them in the correct boxes.

Activity Two: Energy Transfer

Materials for each studentA color-coded sign saying Core (red), Mantle (yellow), orCrust (blue), perhaps on a string to hang around theneck.

Procedure1. Invite students to use their bodies to represent thelayers of the Earth.

2. Select a small group of children (2 or 3) to represent thecore, and give them red signs which say Core. Ask themto stand in the center of the room. Students should showthat they are very hot, perhaps by mopping their browsand fanning themselves.

3. Select a larger group (8 to 10 students) to represent themantle. Give them yellow Mantle signs and ask them toform a circle around the core group. Students shouldmove very slowly around the core group.

4. Give blue Crust signs to about 15 more students andask them to hold hands and surround the mantle group.

5. Tell the mantle students that when you call out "Earth-quake," they are to bump into the crust students, causingthem to move and break their circle. This transfer ofenergy from mantle students to crust students simulatesroughly what happens during an earthquake.

68 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 41

Page 59: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity Three: Giant Jigsaw Puzzle

Materials for the teacherEgg model from Activity OneWorld MapTransparency made from Master 13, Earth PlatesOverhead projector

Materials for each studentHandouts made from Masters 13, Earth Plates, 14a, PuzzlePieces, and 14b, Puzzle PiecesCrayonsScissorsPaste

Procedure1. Repeat the egg demonstration to establish the relationship ofthe crust to the shell and the e]dsting plates. Draw continentsonto the egg shell, crack the egg, and gently manipulate bothparts of the egg back and forth, demonstrating the movementof the Earth's plates.

2. Recall the turtle story in Unit I, and explain that the theoryof plate movement gained general acceptance among scientistsonly in the late 1960s. Also remind students of the activity inwhich they represented the layers of the Earth. Ask:

What causes most earthquakes? (The Earth plates move.)When one part of the crust moves, what happens to theother parts of the crust? (They move too.)

3. Display Master 13, Earth Plates, on the overhead, andcompare it to the world map. Explain that the Earth's crust canbe divided into major plates which fit together like the pieces ofa gigantic jigsaw puzzle. Help students observe that some of theplate boundaries are under the ocean.

4. Hand out Masters 13, 14a, and 14b, and direct students incooperative groups to color all the shaded areas on the Master14 pages brown. These represent the Earth's major landmasses. Have them leave the remaining areas blue. Theserepresent oceans and seas.

5. Ask students to count the puzzle pieces so that they perceivethe boundaries and can point to each piece. (This is importantto be sure that they are interpreting positive and negative spacecorrectly.) Point out that one plate has no land on it, andanother has very little land.

6. Direct students to cut out the Master 14 puzzle pieces, andpaste them on the worksheet made from Master 13, the Earthplate outlines. Be sure they understand that their diagramrepresents a flattened view of' the Earth and its plates.

42 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Extensions1. Tell the turtle story from Unit One.How would you explain an earthquakeif you were a modern Gabrielino whohad studied about the layers of theEarth and its plates?

2. On a paper plate, draw a diagram ofthe layers of the Earth. Label eachlayer.

Some of the smaller plate regionsare not cut apart into puzzlepieces on Masters 14a and 14b asthey would be too small for thechildren to handle comfortably.

Teacher Take Note: To make a largerfloor or learning center version of thepuzzle, enlarge Masters 14a and 14b.Paste the enlargements onto tagboard,laminate (if possible), and cut out thepieces. Put Velcrorm on the back ofeach piece so you can use it on aflannel board.

6 9

Page 60: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Plates Going Places

Vocabulary

crustlithospheremantleouter coreinner coreplatesconvection current

magmadivergent plate boundarystrike-slip (transform) plate

boundaryconvergent plate boundary

Learning Links

Language Arts: Participating in classdiscussions, writing paragraphs, followingdirections

Social Studies: Locating plate boundaries,locating various geographic features

Math: Interpreting a graph of the thicknessof Earth's layers, observing the proportionsof the layers to each other

Art: Drawing the interior of the Earth,constructing a model of the Earth's interior

Content Concepts1. The Earth has a layered structure.

2. Its outer layer, the lithosphere, is broken into piecescalled plates.

3. Convection currents in the mantle might be the causeof plate motion which results in earthquakes.

ObjectivesStudents will

describe the structure of the interior of the Earth.name and identity the layers of the Earth.interpret a graph of the approximate thickness of the

Earth's layers.observe a model demonstrating the layers of the Earthand its plates.

relate earthquake epicenters to plate boundaries.identify 12 major plates of the Earth.

demonstrate the motions of plates.observe a convection current.

AssessmentShakequake, USA (a fictitious town), has many earth-quakes. Use what you learned in this unit to explainpossible causes of earthquakes in that particular area.

70 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 43

Page 61: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity One: What's Inside

Materials for the teacherA globe of the EarthTransparency made from Master 15, A Pizza the EarthTransparency made from Master 16, Graph of theEarth's Layers, colored according to the directions in 3and 4 belowOverhead projector

Materials for each studentWorksheet made from Master 15, A.Pizza the EarthWorksheet made from Master 16, Graph of the Earth'sLayersCrayons or colored pencilsMetric ruler

Procedure

1. Show the students the globe. Define the term diameter,then tell them that the Earth's diameter is about 12,760km or about 7,900 miles. Put this distance in context bycomparing it to a distance students are familiar with, suchas the distance from their town or city to a distant, butfamiliar location.

2. Explore students' ideas about the inside of the Earth.Is it the same all the way to the center? Distribute artsupplies and ask them to draw what they think the insideof the Earth is like, then write a paragraph describing thedrawing. (This activity will help you to know what back-ground they are bringing to the topic.)

3. Project the transparency of the transparency of Master15, A Pizza the Earth, and distribute the matchingworksheet.a. Explain that the drawing is a model of the layers inside

the Earth. Briefly describe each layer, and have stu-dents label the inner core, outer core, mantle, lithos-phere, and crust as you speak.

b. Ask students to color each of the Earth's layers adifferent color. Color the area from the beginning of thelithosphere out to the surface yellow, then go over theoutermost section with blue to indicate the crust. (Theoverlapping colors, which should produce green for thecrust, will help students to understand that the crust ispart of the lithosphere.)

7144 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

con vec tioncur rentA convection current is a circularmovement in a fluid in which hotmaterial rises and cold materialsinks.

lith o sphereThe lithosphere is the solid outerregion of the Earth in which earth-quakes begin. It contains the crustand the uppermost portion of themantle.

out er coreThe outer core is the liquid portionof the Earth's core.

in ner coreThe inner core is the solid centralportion of the Earth.

Page 62: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Crust

Lithosphere

Inner Core

Center ofthe Earth

Teacher Take Note: It may takeseveral tries to cut the egg neatly.A very sharp knife will help.

4. Distribute Master 16, Graph of the Earth's Layers. Askstudents to use the following data to construct a bargraph of the thickness of the Earth's layers:

Layer Thickness in Kmcrust 40lithosphere 100mantle 2900outer core 2000inner core 1400

Remind students that a graph should contain a title,scale, and labels. Ask students to color each bar the samecolor they used for that layer in their Pizza of the Earth(Master 15) worksheet. Use a transparency of Master 16,Graph of the Earth's Layers, to discuss the proportions ofthe layers with your students.

5. (Optional) During another class period or as homework,invite students to make a three-dimensional model show-ing the layers of the Earth. Tell them they must label thelayers and make them in correct proportion to one an-other. They may choose any material and manner ofconstruction they like. You may want to display some ofthese models in a school display case.

Activity Two: We're All Cracked Up

Materials for the teacherSeveral hard boiled eggsSmall kitchen knifeNarrow permanent markerFree-flowing broad permanent marker

Procedure1. Before class, cut a hard-boiled egg in half with its shellon. On one half, make a dot of color in the center of theyolk with a permanent marker to represent the inner core.Color the outside of the shell with the broad marker torepresent the crust.

Rap another hard-boiled egg on any hard surface toproduce a pattern of large cracks. When you have a designyou like, outline the edges of the cracks with the narrowpermanent marker. (This may also take several attempts.You do like egg salad, don't you?)

72 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 45

Page 63: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

2. Use the marked half of the cut egg as a model to review thelayers of the Earth with your students. Ask the followingquestions.

Which layer of the Earth does the shell represent? (Thelithosphere. The color on the outside represents the crust,which is less than half as thick as the lithosphere itself.)

Which layer does the white represent? (The mantle)

Which two layers does the yolk represent? (The outercore and inner core)

3. Hold up a whole cooked egg and ask students what wouldhappen to the shell if you rapped it on your desk. (It woulddevelop cracks.)

4. Show them the cracked egg you prepared in advance andpoint out that the shell is now divided into adjoining sections.The lithosphere is similarly divided into sections, which we callplates. The plates of the Earth include a portion of the uppermantle as well as the crust. We use the term lithosphere todescribe the part of the Earth to which the plates belong, fromthe surface down to a depth of about 100 km.

5. Explain that unlike the sections of eggshell, the plates of theEarth are in motion. They move very slowly (at a rate of only afew centimeters a year), over a portion of the mantle that hasplastic properties, rather like the silicone putty or flubber weused in Unit I. This movement can cause earthquakes.

Activity Three: Plates of the EarthMaterials for the teacher

Transparency of Master 17, Plate Boundaries MapOverhead projector

Materials for each studentHandout made from Master 7, World Map with EpicentersHandout made from Master 17, Plate Boundaries MapCrayons or colored pencils

Procedure1. Distribute copies of the epicenter map and the plateboundaries map.

2. Ask students what relationship they see between thelocations of earthquakes and the plate boundaries. Theyshould be able to see a correlation.

3. Point out the arrows on the Plate Boundaries Map,Master 17, which indicate the direction in which each plateis moving. Ask them to color the arrows red.

46 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Sliced, hard cooked egg displayslayers something like the Earth's(So does an avocado, if you don't likecooking.)

Cracked egg illustrates plates of the earth.

73

Page 64: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

a. Divergent: Begin with fingertipsand slowly pull hands apart

b. Lateral (transform): Begin, withhands side by side. Slide one forwardand the other back, so they pass byeach other.

c. Convergent: Begin with knucklesfacing each other. Bring hands to-gether, letting one slide (subduct) un-der the other.

4. Explain that each plate has a name, and point each oneout as you read its name aloud. Instruct students to puttheir red pencils or crayons aside and use different colorsto color all of the plateslightly, so the names and arrowscan still be seen.

5. Either in a class discussion or on a worksheet followedby a class discussion, cover these points:

How many plates are there on the map? (Twelve. Ex-plain that some experts identify twenty or more.)

Locate India. Where do you see a plate boundary inIndia? (on the northern border) What geographic fea-ture do you find there? (mountains)

Locate the Atlantic Ocean. Are there any plate bound-aries in that ocean? (Yes. Plate boundaries divide theocean from north to south.)

Which large island in the Atlantic Ocean has a plateboundary going through it? (Iceland)

6. Project the transparency of the plate boundaries map.

7. Again point out the arrows which indicate plate move-ment, and explain that this movement is of three kinds:divergent, lateral (or transform), and convergent. Demon-strate hand motions to simulate each kind of movement,and practice them with the class as you give examples ofeach.a. DivergentBegin with fingernails pressing against each

other, and slowly pull hands apart. Explain that thiskind of plate movement is happening on the floor of theAtlantic and Pacific Oceans. As plates move apart,melted rock, or magma rises from the upper mantle tofill the spaces. Examples: South American plate andAfrican plate; North American plate and Eurasian plate.

b. LateralPlace hands side by side and slide them slowlypast each other. Explain that this kind of activity isoccurring right now along the San Andreas fault inCalifornia. Example: North American plate and Pacificplate.

c. ConvergentStart with hands facing each other and sixinches apart. Bring them together so that one hand isforced under the other. The top hand should ride upand make a fist. Explain that converging plates mayform high mountains such as the Himalayas.

As plates move together, one of the plates is pushed down(subducted) under the other: Examples: Australian-Indianplate and Eurasian plate, Nazca plate and South Americanplate.

74 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 47

Page 65: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity Four: Hot Stuff Rises and ColdStuff Sinks

Materials for the teacherClear heatproof glass baking dish, 23 cm x 13 cm x 7 cmImmersion heater (plug-in coil used to heat smallquantities of water)Sandwich-size plastic bag with twist tieTape2 eyedroppersRed food coloringBlue food coloringA handful of solid paper circles from a hole puncherIce cubesCool waterTransparency made from Master 18, ConvectionCurrents and Plate Cross SectionOverhead projector

Procedure1. Review the concept that Earth's lithosphere is brokeninto pieces called plates. Scientists believe that the platesmove because of movement inside the mantle, the waygroceries move on the conveyor belts in supermarketcheckout lines. This demonstration illustrates what maytake place.

2. Fill the glass baking dish almost completely full of coolwater.

Be sure to add the blue colored dropsto the water just below the surfaceas drops on the surface willdiffuse too quickly and not givethe best effect.

Eye DropperFilled with RedFood Coloring

Teacher Take Note: An immersionheater is safer than most other heatsources. You can buy one for $3-4 atmost hardware stores. It is also ahandy way to heat a cup of water fortea, coffee, or broth. A larger con-tainer, such as an aquarium, could beused for better viewing.

Ice Cubes in aPlastic Bag

Convection Currents

48 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 75

Shallow GlassBaking Dish

Heating Element

Page 66: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 2, Grades 3-4

110 Extensions1. Read Joanna Cole's The MagicSchool Bus - Inside the Earth or FaithMcNutly's How to Dig a Hole to theOther Side of the World as a classactivity or make it an additionalreading assignment.

2. Show pictures of Icelandic rifts, theSan Andreas fault, the Himalayanmountains, and other physical fea-tures of the sort that occur at plateboundaries.

3. Show the class a film, filmstrip,video, or computer animation onplate tectonics. (Because most of themwere designed for older students, youmay want to show just portions, oruse the images and provide your ownnarration.)

3. Put about six ice cubes in the plastic bag and close itwith the twist tie.

4. Place the bag in the water at one end of the dish andtape it to the side so it can't float away.

5. Place the immersion heater in the water at the otherend of the dish and plug it in. Warn students to stay awayfrom the heat source.

6. Wait about one minute for the water to heat. Then usean eyedropper to put several drops of red food coloring onthe bottom of the dish near the heater. Ask students toobserve what happens. (Some of the coloring will rise tothe top and float toward the other end of the dish.)

7. Now use the second dropper to put a few drops of bluecoloring into the water just under the surface, near theice. Ask students to describe what they see. (The coloringwill sink and move along the bottom of the water towardthe other end of the dish.)

8. Put a few of the paper circles on top of the water in thewarm end. Students will see them moving around on thesurface of the water. Explain that the Earth's plates maymove on the semi-solid layer of the mantle in a similarway, because of temperature changes in the mantle. Thesystems of heat exchange that cause their movement arecalled convection currents. Hot material rises, while coldmaterial sinks.

9. Project the transparency of Master 18, ConvectionCurrents and Plate Movements, and point out that wheretwo convection currents are rising together, the plates areforced apart. Where two currents are sinking together, theplates are forced together. Scientists hypothesize thatthese movements are the cause of many earthquakes.

10. If necessary, repeat the demonstration until all thestudents have had a chance to observe it at close range.

7 6EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 49

Page 67: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Layers, Plates, and Quakes

Vocabulary

crustlithospheremantleouter coreinner coreplatestrike-slip (transform) plate

boundaryconvergent plate boundarydivergent plate boundaryvolcanomama

Learning Links

Language Arts: Discussion, note taking,vocabulary building, following directions

Math: Using a scale to build Earth wedgemodel

Art: Drawing, cutting, and taping papermodels; building convection model

Content Concepts1. The Earth has a layered structure.

2. The Earth's outer layer is broken into pieces calledplates.

3. Three basic kinds of movement take place at the edgesof the plates.

4. Plate movements create special surface features nearthe edges of the plates.

5. Convection currents in the mantle may be the cause ofplate movements.

Objectives

Students willmake a model of the layers of the Earth.be able to describe the composition of the layers and

their interrelationships.model and describe activity at the three major types of

plate boundaries.observe a demonstration of convection currents and

relate the process to plate movement.construct a model of continental movement from

ancient time through the present and into the future.

AssessmentShakemeup, USA (a fictitious town) is located on the coastof California. Scientists know that subduction is occurringunder this part of California. Describe what you think willhappen to this town over the next 100 years.

I 7 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 51

Page 68: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity One:Crust to Core: A Pizza the Earth

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 15, A Pizza the EarthOverhead projectorTransparency markers

Materials for each student3 sheets of unlined paper, standard sizeNo. 2 pencilMeter stickTapeCopies of Master 16, Graph of the Earth's LayersCopies of Master 15 (optional)

Procedure

1. Elicit from class what they think the Earth is like belowthe surface. Accept various opinions. Depending onanswers, class may need to use all or part of the firstactivity from Grades 3-4 in this unit.

2. Display the transparency of Master 15, A Pizza theEarth. Explain that the Earth is layered and that we havelearned about these layers largely from the study ofearthquake waves. Define crust, lithosphere, mantle, outercore, and inner core (see the lower-grade lessons in thisunit), and ask students to write definitions of the layers intheir notebooks for future reference. (Or give the studentscopies of Master 15, A Pizza the Earth, and have them addthe definitions there.)

3. Tell the class that they are going to create a scale modelof a slice of the Earth, from its surface to the center, usingthe following procedure:a. Attach three pieces of unlined paper by taping together

the shorter sides to make a strip about 80 cm long.

b. Turn paper over to the untaped side.

"This Pizza the Earth sure hasa thin crust"

52 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Crust

Lithosphere

Inner Core

Center ofthe Earth

Master 15. A Pizza the Earth answers

78

Page 69: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

mag maMagma is liquid rock beneath theEarth's surface. When it erupts it iscalled lava.

vol can oA volcano is a mountain of eruptedhardened lava or volcanic rockfragments at the surface of thelithosphere.

Extensions1. Research how scientists havediscovered about the various layersof the Earth through the study ofearthquake waves.

2. To the wedge model on Master15 add the hydrosphere (averagethickness of the oceans, about3.8 km) and the atmosphere (about960 km thick).

c. Draw, with the aid of a meter stick, a triangle 10 cm wideon top and 64 cm on its other two sides. (This is a scale ofabout one millimeter for each kilometer of the Earth'sradius.) Label the 10-cm side Earth's Surface and theopposite end (the point of the wedge) Center of theEarth.

d. Compute the scaled distance from the Earth's surface tothe bottom of each of the layers, using the data fromMaster 16. Graph of the Earth's layers. (Students willhave to know the scale-1 millimeter equals 10 kilome-tersand the definitions of the layers to be able to per-form this task correctly. Be prepared to offer help asneeded.)

e. Label the layers.

4. When the wedge models of Earth are completed, askstudents to answer the following questions:

Which of Earth's layers is the thickest and accounts formost of its volume? (the mantle)

On which layer or layers are the plates? (lithosphere, orcrust and upper mantle)

In which layer or layers can faulting occur to create anearthquake? (again, lithosphere or crust and uppermantle)

How does the part of the Earth we live onthe crust orlithospherecompare in thickness to the Earth's interior?(It's the thinnest part.)

Activity Two: Slide, Collide, and Separate

Materials for the teacherOverhead projectorTransparency made from Master 17, Plate Boundaries Map

Materials for each studentCopy of Master 17, Plate Boundaries Map10 sheets of lined notebook paper or other 8 1/2" x 11"sheetsOne sheet of colored construction paperScissorsTransparent tapeMetric ruler

7 9EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 53

Page 70: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Procedure

1. Use the transparency and student copies of Master 17,Plate Boundaries Map, to explain that different types ofinteractions occur among lithospheric plates at theirboundaries. You may want to use the hand movementsfrom Level 2, Activity Three, of this unit to demoristrate.a. Lateral boundaries exist where two plates slide and

grind past each other as they move in parallel or oppo-site directions.

b. Convergent boundaries exist where two plates collideand destroy lithosphere by compacting, or shortening,and melting. There are two major types of convergence:

When two ocean boundaries or an ocean boundary anda continental boundary collide, an ocean plate edgesinks, and melting occurs. Plate boundaries of this typeare associated with ocean trenches, coastal mountainranges (e.g. Cascades), and island arc volcanoes. Themelting forms magma, which rises, creating the volca-noes of the island arcs.

When two plates that have continental areas at theirconvergent boundaries collide, the lithosphere crumplesup and new young mountain ranges form. This ishappening today where India is colliding with Asia,forming the Himalayan Mountains.

c. Divergent boundaries exist where two plates diverge orseparate, as at mid-ocean ridges. Divergence results inthe formation of new lithosphere and crust, becauseseparation allows liquid rock, or magma, to rise fromthe mantle below, forming volcanoes and new rock.

2. Tell the class that they are going to make some simplemodels of two major types of plate boundaries. If the classhas never done hand motions to model the activity at plateboundaries, do Activity Three from the Grades 3-4 sectionof this unit first.

3. Ask students to get out their notebook paper and maketwo stacks of five sheets each. Then give them the follow-ing directions:a. Using large letters, label the top sheet of one stack

Plate A and the top sheet of the other Plate B. Fromnow on, we will refer to the stacks of paper as "plates."

b. With scissors, cut .5" (1 cm) slashes at 1" (2 cm) inter-vals, fringing the long side of each plate. These slasheswill represent the broken-up, crushed rock at the plateboundary.

54 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 80

Teacher Take Note: To conserve

paper use recycled paper or have

students work in small groups.

Page 71: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Lateral boundary: Edge slide, butsometimes catch and jerk.

Convergent boundary with conti-nents: Plate edge humps up, and mayform mountains over time.

Convergent boundary with oceaniccrust: One plate edge is forced under theother. This process may account for theformation of oceanic trenches.

c. Hold the plates together, one in each hand, in front of you.Push one plate forward and pull the other back towardsyour body.

What did you feel? (sliding with frequent hitches as theslashed edges engage)

What do you think this model represents? (A lateral plateboundary. The sliding motion represents fault creep, andthe Jerky motion represents the buildup and release ofenergy in an earthquake. The San Andreas lateral bound-ary in California exhibits this kind of motion. Plates slide,but locking of sections occasionally results in earth-quakes.)

4. Tell students that next they will use their Plates A and Bto model another type of plate boundary. Give these direc-tions:a. Label the top of each plate Ocean Crust.

b. Cut the sheet of colored construction paper in halflengthwise, and make a loop out of each section. Tapethe loops closed, and press down on each one gently toflatten it.

c. Label one loop Continent C and the other Continent D,or make up names and write them on the loops. Theseloops will represent continents or continental crust.

d. Tape the middle of each loop to the short side of one of theplates with the closed side facing out.

e. Hold a plate-continent combination in each hand with thecontinent edges facing each other. Push the two platestogether and observe what happens to the continentsriding on the plates.

What do you see? (The plates will hump up and theedges of the continents will rise.)

What might this represent? (The demonstration representsthe convergence of two plates, the shortening or folding ofthe crust and the formation of mountains.)

f. Turn the plates around so their plain short edges (with-out continents) face each other, then push those edgestogether.

What happened? (One of the plates slid under the other.)

What might this represent? (It represents two plates ofoceanic crust converging. The depression which resultsrepresents an oceanic trench.)

5. Help students to summarize their observations, andanswer any questions they may have.

81.EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 55

Page 72: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIWhy and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Three: The History of Geography

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 18, Convection Cur-rents and Plate Cross SectionTransparency made from Master 19, Formation andBreak-up of PangaeaOverhead projectorMaterials and directions from Unit II, Level 2, ActivityFourWorld map or globe

Procedure1. Ask students what they think might cause the Earth'splates to move. Accept various suggestions, then explainthat the mechanism of plate movement is one of the majorunsolved mysteries in Earth studies. The most widelyaccepted explanation is that convection currents in theEarth's mantle drive the plates. If students are not clear onthe definition of mantle, review the definitions in Level 1.

2. Briefly describe convection currents, and project Master18, Convection Currents and Plate Cross Section. Giveseveral common examples of convection, such as hot airrising and cold air falling in the classroom, or warm waterrising to the top and cool water sinking to the bottom in alake or pool.

3. Discuss possible energy sources for convection and themovement of plates. (Many Earth scientists believe thatheat energy is produced within the interior of the Earth,perhaps by the decay of radioactive materials like uraniumand radium within the core and mantle.)

56 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

200,000,000 years ago

65,000,000 years ago

Today

50,000,000 years from now

Master 19, Formation and Breakup of Pangaea

82

Page 73: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Lithosphere

Direction of Plate Movements

Volcanos

%,"10 Rising Magma

ic-X-X EarthquakeConvergent Plate

Boundaries of.Plates A and B

Island Arc of Volcanos Ocean Trench

4. Refer to a globe, a world map, or a transparency of aworld map, and ask how Africa and South America couldfit together, almost like parts of a jigsaw puzzle. Studentsmay see a similar fit among Europe, North America, andGreenland. Query class for a reason for this fit, and leadup to a brief discussion of Pangaea, the supercontinent of200,000,000 years ago.

5. Using the transparency of the breakup of Pangaea(Master 19), very briefly show how we think the supercon-tinent changed to become the continents of today. Be sureto emphasize that the continents move only as parts ofplates, not by themselves.

6. Indicate to the class that they are going to observe amodel showing how convection currents could move theplates and the continents that ride on them. This modelmay explain the breakup of the supercontinent Pangaeaover the last 200,000,000 years.

7. Do Activity Four, "Hot Stuff Rises and Cold StuffSinks," from Level 2 of this unit.

8. Again direct students' attention to the transparency ofMaster 18, Convection Currents and Plate Cross Section.Point out and briefly discuss what happens where convec-tion currents rise and sink.

Mid Ocean Ridge atDivergent Plate

Boundary ofPlates B and C

Ocean Trench atDivergent Plate

Boundary ofPlates C and D

Youneoguntain

Sea Level Lateral orTransform Fault .........

Plate A Plate D

Rising Magma

Melting

8 3

Melting

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 57

Page 74: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Why and Where Earthquakes Occur/ Unit II, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Four: Flippin' through PangaeaMaterials for the student

1 copy of each Master 20a through 20d for each studentScissorsStapler (in classroom)

Procedure

1. Tell the students they are going to construct a flip bookthat illustrates the last 200,000,000 years on Earth. (Youmay want show a finished book to emphasize carefulcutting and to give the general idea.)

2. Direct s tudents to very carefully cut masters 20a, 20b,20c, and 20d apart on the straight lines. After cutting,they should stack the rectangles in sequential order.Numbered corners should be face up and in the upper leftcorner. The two blank ellipse panels should be on thebottom.

3. Align lower edges by tapping on a hard surface. Thenalign the left edges similarly. Hold the stack with bothhands, having thumbs on top. Bend the stack back andforth several times until the edges on both sides are"slightly" offset. Hold the book with your right hand andstaple it together (in far enough to include all the pages,about .5 cm.)

4. Ask students to describe the changes in the picturesfrom panel 1 to panel 22. (The large dark mass, "Pangaea,"breaks apart, and the continents as we know them todayare formed.) Ask students to make predictions about whatwill happen to the continents in the future. (There will befurther movement of continents in the same direction.)

5. Direct students to draw their predictions on the lasttwo blank ellipses. (Remind students that they shouldmake their drawings sequential.)

6. Have students discuss their predictions and drawings.

58 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 75: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Unit II. Why and Where Earthquakes Occur

Materials List

Grades K-2hard-boiled eggpermanent markerdental floss or butter knifeconstruction papertoothpicksmodeling claypapercrayonsmarkersscissorspaste or glueoverhead projeator

Grades 3-4globecrayonscolored pencilsglass baking dish or

aquariumimmersion heaterplastic bag with twist tietapeeyedroppersred food coloringblue food coloringice cubeshard-boiled eggssmall kitchen knifeoverhead projectornarrow permanent markerbroad permanent markerpaper circles from hole

puncher

85

Grades 5-6unlined paperpencilsmetric stickwatch with second handcolored pencils or crayonslined papercolored construction paperscissorstransparent tapemetric rulerglass baking dishplastic bag with twist tieimmersion heatertapered food coloringblue food coloringeyedropperspaper hole punchesice cubesglobeoverhead projectortransparency markers

EARTHQUAKES-FEW 159 59

Page 76: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 12a

Layers of the Earth

Name

1. Color the layers of the Earth.

2. Cut out the words and pastethem in the correct boxes.

Crust Mantle Core

8 6 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 77: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

e

4)

Master 12b

Earth Layers Worksheet

Name

1. Color the core red.

2. Color the mantle yellow.

3. Color the crust blue.4. Put a brown line around the very hot layer.

8 7EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 78: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Mas

ter

13

EA

RT

HQ

UA

KE

S-FE

MA

159

C)

00

Cn

00

Page 79: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 14a

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 80: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 14b

Earth Plate Puzzle Pieces

9 1EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 81: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 15

A Pizza the Earth

Name

1. Label each layer.2. Color each layer adifferent color.

Word BankOuter CoreCrustMantleLithosphereInner CoreCenter of the Earth

9 2EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 82: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 16

Graph of the Earth Layers

Kilometers

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

o

Name

I1 -- _

_ -

1.

- -

1. Use the following data toconstruct a bar graph of thethickness of the Earth's layers:

Layer Thickness in Kmcrust 40lithosphere 100

mantle 2,900outer core 2,000inner core 1,400

2. Which layer of the Earthis the thickest?

3. Which layer of the Earthis the thinnest?

4. What is the totalthickness of all the Earth'slayers?

9 3EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 83: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

:

44 \AX::

%*\ 4\\44\1V

11\.Vi

__1111IL

Vk. , vo' c 4

V

V A \A*,61- '

: \\N\ % .4 V le 4

\ \lo, ..., ,,

\ ,ii,:,,\ \,-

,\?r,g, ,.,..,,, \ \ t, .7. *

'V- \

Ns /

\ 4 \ .''.\

a

\

0

Page 84: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Con

verg

ent P

late

Bou

ndar

ies

ofP

late

s A

and

B

Isla

nd A

rc o

f Vol

cano

esO

cean

Tre

nch

Mid

Oce

an R

idge

at

Div

erge

nt P

late

Bou

ndar

y of

Pla

tes

B a

nd C

Oce

an T

renc

h at

Con

verg

ent P

late

Bou

ndar

y of

Pla

tes

C a

nd D

You

ng M

ount

ain.

Ran

ge.

..

Sea

Lev

el

4-X

-X-X

-X-X

-X-

dow

r_.e

"

X-X

-X-X

-C

ontin

ent

Late

ral o

rT

rans

form

Fau

lt

Pla

te A

Pla

te B

Pla

te C

Pla

te D

Ris

ing

Mag

ma

Lith

osph

e re

Mel

ting

Con

vect

ion

Cur

rent

sin

Man

tle

Dire

ctio

n of

Pla

te M

ovem

ents

Vol

cano

es

11.0

1011

101.

Ris

ing

Mag

ma

X*1

-1-

Ear

thqu

ake

Mel

ting

9697

Page 85: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 19

Formation and Breakup of Pangaea

M I IIbAMIEL

rEfr -7111W.

411!mr-7'

Earth's land masses about200,000,000 years agowhen there was one largeland mass-Pangaea, orsupercontinent.

Earth's land masses about65,000,000 years ago whenthe supercontinent brokeup into smaller continents.

Earth's land masses todaywhere India has collidewith Eurasia.Eurasia continuesto separate as the AtlanticOcean widens.

Earth's land masses about50,000,000 years into thefuture.

9 3EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 86: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

0

0

III

Physical Results ofEarthquakes

99

Page 87: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ear

thqu

ake

Cur

ricu

lum

, K-6

-- S

cope

and

Sequ

ence

Cha

rtU

nit I

II: P

hysi

cal R

esul

ts o

f E

arth

quak

es

Lev

elC

once

ptL

abor

ator

yM

athe

mat

ics

Lan

guag

e A

rts

Soci

al S

tudi

esA

rt

K-2

Ear

thqu

akes

cau

se c

hang

esin

the

Ear

th's

sur

face

Han

d m

ovem

ent

sim

ulat

ion

of E

arth

plat

e m

otio

n.

Faul

t mov

emen

tga

me

Milk

car

ton

sim

ula-

tion

of e

arth

quak

ere

sults

Mat

h fa

cts

prac

tice

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Feat

ures

of

aco

mm

unity

Map

mak

ing

Illu

stra

tion

of a

com

mun

ity

Mod

el c

onst

ruct

ion

3-4

Smal

l-sc

ale

topo

grap

hic

chan

ges

are

asso

ciat

ed w

ithpl

ate

mov

emen

ts,

Ear

thqu

ake

activ

ity c

ause

ssm

all-

scal

e to

pogr

aphi

cch

ange

s.

Pape

r si

mul

atio

ns o

fro

ck la

yers

and

mod

els

of f

aults

Sand

sim

ulat

ion

ofliq

uefa

ctio

n

Lan

dslid

e si

mul

atio

n

Tsu

nam

i sim

ulat

ion

Plan

es a

nd a

ngle

sre

cogn

ition

Mea

sure

men

tpr

actic

e

Wri

te-u

p of

land

slid

eac

tiviti

es

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Eff

ects

of

faul

ts,

land

slid

es, a

ndfi

ssur

es

Geo

grap

hic

feat

ures

loca

tions

Faul

t mod

elco

nstr

uctio

n

Con

stru

ctio

n of

seas

hore

env

iron

-m

ents

for

tsun

ami

sim

ulat

ion

5-6

Tec

toni

c m

ovem

ents

,in

clud

ing

eart

hqua

kes,

are

amon

g th

e m

ajor

for

ces

whi

ch c

reat

e E

arth

's la

nd-

scap

e.

Mou

ntai

ns, p

lain

s, a

ndpl

atea

us a

re th

e m

ajor

feat

ures

of

the

cont

inen

ts.

Man

y of

the

Ear

th's

mos

tsi

gnif

ican

t lan

dsca

pefe

atur

es a

re u

nder

the

ocea

ns.

Pape

r si

mul

atio

n of

rock

laye

r m

ovem

ent

Mou

ntai

n bu

ildin

gsi

mul

atio

n

Oce

an tu

rbid

itycu

rren

t sim

ulat

ion

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Map

stu

dy o

f pl

ate

boun

dari

esC

onst

ruct

ion

ofun

derw

ater

land

scap

e

100

1 01

Page 88: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

III

Physical Results ofEarthquakes

Over billions of years, Earth motions and earthquakeshave played a major part in shaping the physical fea-tures of our Earth, both on land and under water. Overtime, small-scale changes make foothills and minorcracks; large-scale changes produce towering moun-tains and deep valleys. As the plates of the Earth'ssurface move, warping slowly up, down, and sidewaysin relation to each other, we may feel these movementsas earthquakes. The waves of energy they release notonly shake the Earth, but also alter the nature of manysoils, giving them an unstable liquid-like consistency.Then structures sink, tip, and topple, and hillsidescrumble.

EARTHgUAKES-FEMA 159 61

Page 89: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes

Physical Results ofEarthquakesIf there were no plate motions, our planet would notlook like home. There would be no mountains, novalleys, and no plateaus. Without the uplifting ofland caused by tectonic (mountain building) pro-cesses, most land above sea level would be uniformlyflat, whittled down by the processes of erosion.

Earth-Shaking: Earth-ShapingEarthquakes and other tectonic events have beenoccurring for as long as the Earth has existed. Thechanges in the landscape associated with theseevents range from small cracks in the soil to theraising (uplifting) or lowering (downdroppirtg) of hugechunks (or blocks) of the lithosphere.

No large mountain or deep valley has been formed asthe result of a single earth-shaking event. The raisingand lowering of sections of the Earth generally hap-pens gradually, in small increments. Over thousandsand millions of years these increments add up tosignificant changes, such as fault block mountainsand deep graben valleys.

Faults and FoldsAs a result of plate motions, the accumulated stressand strain within the rocks of the lithosphere maycause great warps or folds in rock layers. Where rockis strained beyond its limit, it will fracture, and therock mass on either side will move abruptly.

Up, Down, or SidewaysA fault is a fracture within the Earth's crust alongwhich significant movement has occurred. Faults areoften classified according to the direction of move-ment and whether movement is predominantly hori-zontal or vertical.

10382 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Horizontal Fault Movement

Vertical Fault Movement

Page 90: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes

Displacement of rock along a fault can occur as aresult of vertical or horizontal fault movement. Verti-cal fault movement changes the elevation of a rockmass on one side of the fault relative to the rockmass on the opposite side. Rock masses on one sideof the fault can also shift horizontally in relation tothe opposite side. Fault movement is always stated inrelative terms.

Vertical fault movement may result in cliffs (scarps)along the fault line. Horizontal or lateral fault move-ment may cause roads and river banks to changetheir position. In the lessons that follow, studentswill use hand movements and paper models to illus-trate these fault movements.

Folding Rock LayersFolding is another way that rock layers respond tostress. They may crumple sideways, without fractur-ing, like wrinkles in a rug. We can see small folds inhand specimens of sedimentary rock; larger ex-amples of folded rock layers can be seen in mountainsides and road cuts. Some mountain chains, such asthe Alps or the Folded Appalachians, show primarilyfoldedstructures.

Soil LiquefactionAlthough deep-down earthquake action takes placein the rocky lithosphere, much of the dollar damagethat occurs in earthquakes results from the liquefac-tion of soil. When earthquake vibrations passthrough soil which has a high water content, the soilloses the properties of a solid and takes on those of asemiliquid, like quicksand or pudding. The founda-tions of heavy buildings suddenly lose the support ofthe soil, and they may topple, or settle deeper intothe Earth.You have experienced liquefaction on a small scale ifyou have ever walked along the beach and seenwater rise to the top of the sand at your every step.When liquefaction happens on a large scale, however,as it did at Nigata, Japan, in 1964, it spells disaster.

1 0 4EARTF1QUAKES-FEMA 159 63

Page 91: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes

Why Land Slides

Earthquakes may trigger many landslides, particu-larly during the rainy season. The potential forlandsliding is highest in soft sediments on steepslopes; where seasonal rainfall is high; where vegeta-tion is shallow, rotted or sparse; where erosion ishigh; and where ground shaking is intense.

Underwater EarthquakesEarthquakes on the ocean bottom may result in theup or down shifting of large blocks of the crust. Suchmotion can generate a special kind of ocean wavecalled a tsunami, or seismic sea wave. A series ofthese waves may travel at speeds up to 800 km/hr inthe deep ocean, where they are too small to be seen.But, when they reach land, they mount to heights oftens of meters and break against the shore and itsbuildings. Low coastal areas can be flooded, andmuch loss of life can result.

It is difficult to adjust our focus wide enough, in bothspace and time, to recognize the geological eventsand structures that surround us on dry land. It iseven more difficult to think about those events andstructures when they occur underwater, where wecannot see them. Yet water covers about 70 percentof our planet, and the same tectonic forces are atwork on the floors of the oceans as on the conti-nents.Although the same processes are at work, we need anew vocabulary to understand them. Mountainranges in the ocean are called mid-ocean ridges;plains are called abyssal plains. Landslides (or sub-marine slides) occur as well, but we call them turbid-ity currents. The fourth activity for Grades 5 and 6gives students a chance to model turbidity currents.

A Word to the WiseIf you can communicate the scope and magnitude oftectonic events to your students, and make themaware that earthquakes are something more thandisasters on a human scale, you will have done agreat deal. Enjoy these activities with them.

105

64 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

(

Page 92: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit HI, Level 1, Grades K-2

Earthquakes Shape Our Earth

Vocabulary

faultrural

Learning Links

Language Arts: Discussing features ofa rural community, describing resultsof earthquake simulations

Social Studies: Extending the conceptof community, completing a map

Art: Drawing a diagram of acommunity, constructing a model

Content ConceptEarthquakes cause changes in the Earth's surface.

ObjectivesStudents willdemonstrate three faulting actions.describe a rural community.draw a model of such a community.demonstrate the effects of earthquakes on the model

community.

AssessmentChoose one kind of fault and describe its movement. If anearthquake occurred, tell what would happen to a newfence that a farmer built across that fault.

I 0 6EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 65

Page 93: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes

Activity One: Earth Movers

Materials for the teacherOverhead projectorWorld map or transparency of Master 13, Earth PlatesTransparency of Master 21, Fault Movements

Procedure

1. Review with the students the concepts that the Earth'ssurface is made up of plates, and that those plates havebeen shifting and moving over millions of years. Directtheir attention to the map.

2. Explain that earthquake movement does not occur justat the edges of the plates, but also within the continents.Movements may happen at cracks in the Earth calledfaults. These movements are of two main kindsup anddown, and sideways.

3. Display Master 21, Fault Movements and point out thedirections of the two movements. Demonstrate the types offaults with hand movements, and ask students to performthe movements along with you.

Up and down movements

Down movement (Normal fcuilting). Make your hands intofists and press the flat edges of the fingers together.Release the pressure and let one hand drop about 4 cm.The straight fingers and knuckles of the other hand willresemble a fault cliff.

Up movement (Reverse faulting). Press knuckles andfingers tightly together as before. Without releasing thepressure, let one hand slide up about 4 cm. Again, theresult will look like a cliff, but students should be able tosee the difference in the two processes.

Sideways movement (Laterai, or transformfaulting). Pressthe sides of the hands together. As you release the pres-sure, slide your two hands past each other in a jerkymotion. You will feel the vibrations and see the horizontaldisplacement of the two sides which occurs in this type offaulting.

66 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Horizontal Fault Movement

Vertical Fault Movement

1 0 7

Master 21, Fault Movements

Illustrate up and downplate movement by raisingand lowering fists inrelation to each other.

Illustrate lateral, sideways,movement by sliding one handnext to the other.

Page 94: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 1, Grades K-2

faultA fault is a crack in rock or soilwhere movement has taken place.

ru ralA rural community is a farmingcommunity where people do notlive close together as they do incities.

Activity Two: Model Communities

Materials for the teacherOverhead projectorTransparency made from Master 22, Rural Communityafter an Earthquake

Materials for each pair of studentsTwo 1/2-gal, milk or juice cartonsRubberbandsPencils and felt markers or crayonsPaper to cover top and sides of each cartonColored construction paper (strips)ScissorsMasking tape or glueClay, PlayDohTMOdds and ends (e.g., toothpicks, string, paper clips)

Procedure1. Review faulting actions with students. Project Master22, Rural Community, and ask students what they see.Discuss the effects of the earthquake on the rural commu-nity pictured.

2. Tell students that they are going to construct a similarcommunity. Ask them to name some physical features of arural community, and list them on the overhead or on theblackboard. (Do not include people or animals.) Your listmay look something like this:

long fencescrops planted in rowsroadshouses

barnsbridgestreesutility poles and wires

Master 22, Rural CommunityAfter an Earthquake

108 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 87

Page 95: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 1, Grades K-2

3. Distribute 1/2-gal, milk cartons to each pair of stu-dents. Ask them to plan a model community and includesome of the features they listed above.a. Open completely one end of each carton.

b. Place the cartons side by side, with the open endsfacing opposite direction.

c. Place one or two rubberbands around the middle ofboth cartons, locking them together.

d. Cover the top and side of each carton with constructionpaper. Wrap each carton from the long edge where thecartons meet and cover top and one side. Do not coverthe ends.

e. Use the materials provided to construct a 3-dimensionalcommunity on the top surface of the cartons.

4. Tell students that the place where the two cartons meetrepresents a fault.

Direct students to use the cartons to simulate the twofaulting actions from Activity One that they have demon-strated with their hands: up and down faulting, andsideways faulting. (Note: Students can place their handsin the cartons while carrying out this step.) Remind themthat earthquakes result from a release of energy, and askthem to place pressure on the fault and release it rapidlyeach time they want to bring the cartons into a newposition.

5. Ask students to observe and describe the changes totheir community after each simulation.

10988 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 96: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Landscape on the Loose

Vocabulary

normal faultreverse faultlateral (strike-slip) faultAppalachian mountainsfault planefoldgroundwaterlandscapelandslideliquefactiontsunami

Learning Links

Language Arts: Labeling types offaults, following oral instructions,writing paragraphs

Social Studies: Locating geographicfeatures, discussing how faults,landslides, and tsunamis affectpeople's lives and property

Math: Measuring materials forliquefaction demonstration

Art: Making fault models, constructingseashore environments for tsunamisimulation

Content Concepts1. Small-scale topographic changes are associated withplate movements.

2. Earthquake activity causes small-scale topographicchanges.

3. Earthquakes on the ocean floor sometimes cause giantseismic sea waves, or tsunamis.

ObjectivesStudents willunderstand that many landscape features are a result of

earthquake activity.construct models of three types of faults and be able toname and identify them.

demonstrate the formation of folded rock.demonstrate liquefaction, and describe how it happens.

demonstrate a landslide and describe some factors thatinfluence the results of landslides triggered by earth-quakes.

identify tsunamis as an earthquake event, and demon-strate their mechanism and effects on shore faults.

AssessmentYou visited a town that had a leaning building. Use whatyou know about sandy soils and water beneath the sur-face to explain what may have caused the building to lean.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 69

Page 97: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity One: Up, Down, and Sideways

Materials for the teacherMap of U.S.

Materials for each studentWorksheet made from Master 23, Fault ModelScissorsColored pencils or crayonsTapePaper strip 5/8 inch wide from standard size paper.

Procedure

1. Distribute worksheet with fault diagrams. Tell studentsthat they are going to make a model to illustrate the threebasic types of faults.

2. Explain that horizontal lines on sides of the diagramrepresent different rock layers below the surface, as wemight see them exposed on the side of a cliff. Instructstudents to color each layer a different color. (All layerswith the same letter should be the same color.)

3. Instruct students to cut out the fault model. Fold therock layer extensions down to form a box with the features(trees, train track, river) on the top. Taping sides together,the box will make a 3-dimensional model of the top layersof the Earth's crust.

4. The dashed line on your model represents a fault.Carefully cut along the dashed line. You will end up withtwo pieces.

5. Place the two pieces of your model together so thatpoint A is next to point C. Move the two pieces so thatpoint A is next to point B. This represents a normal fault.

Ask students to describe how the Earth's surface haschanged after the normal fault occurred. (The surface isnot level. The left side of the Earth's surface along thefault line is higher than the right side.)

Ask students to predict what might happen to the rivernow that the rock layers have moved. (There may be theformation of rapids or a waterfall.)

70 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 lii

fault pineA fault plane is a surface alongwhich faulting movement hasoccurred.

lat er al faultA lateral fault is a fault with edgesthat slip past each other.

nor mal faultA normal fault is a fault in whichthe upper block moves downward.

thrust faultA thrust fault is a fault in which theupper block slides over a lowerblock.

z NaAri NOOK

110001 XO011

X VINCI X5011

1

0

1

iI

i

1

I.

I a13I0 I

;ExklInA

MAE

wt a

..-

95:741- owe' C3

ROCK LAYER X

A c ROCK LAYER

S, ROCK LAYER I

Master 23, Fault Model

Page 98: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

6. Place the two pieces of your model together so thatpoint A is again next to point C. Move the pieces so thatpoint C is next to point D. This represents a thrust fault.

Ask the students to describe how the Earth's surfacehas changed after the thrust fault had occurred. (Theright side is overhanging the left side.)

Ask students to predict how the landscape will changeafter the movement along the thrust fault. (The Earth'ssurface will erode along the overhang and fall down tothe ground below. Eventually a gentler slope will re-sult.)

7. Place the two pieces of your model back to its originalposition (point A and C together). Viewing the model fromabove, move it so that point E is next to point F. Thisrepresents a lateral,fault.

Ask the students to describe how the Earth's surfacehas changed. (Surface features will not be aligned.)

What will happen to the flow of the river as a result ofthis lateral fault? (The river will change its course tofollow the fault line.)

Ask students to describe how rock layers X, Y, and Zhave changed as a result of the lateral fault. (The rocklayers have slid horizontally past each other.)

8. Explain that sometimes, when rock layers are exposedto pressure, they do not break or fault, but fold instead.Give these directions for a simple model of folding activity.

Have students cut a narrow strip 5/8" (about 7 cm)wide from a standard sheet of paper.

Place it on top of a hardcover book, along the frontedge. Hold it in place at the center with a paper clip.

Slowly push the paper from both sides toward thecenter. Notice the hills and valleys that form as it folds.

Point out the Appalachian Mountains on a UnitedStates map, and explain that parts of the Appalachiansand other U.S. mountains were formed by the folding ofrock layers.

Push the paper slowly from both sidestoward the middle

112EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 71

Page 99: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

II IPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity Two: Liquefaction Lab

Materials for each small groupNewspapers to cover work surfacesAbout 300 mL (1-1/4 cup) of medium- to fine-grain sandin a container (e.g., plastic margarine tub)About 100 mL (1/3 to 1/2 cup) of waterMeasuring cup or breaker marked in metric units

Procedure

Introduce the activity by telling students that liquefactionaccounts for considerable damage to property. Define theterm. Tell students they have experienced it if they haveever felt a foot sink into a patch of extremely muddyground or in the sand along a shoreline. Give these in-structions for the simulation:

1. Place about three fourths of the sand in the bottom ofyour container. Spread it out to form a flat, even surface.Place the container on a table or desk. This represents soilin an earthquake zone.

2. DO NOT handle your container of sand until instructedto do so. (This is very important. Containers must not bedisturbed throughout Steps 3 and 4.)

3. SLOWLY add water to the sand until water just appearsat the surface. Let students know that the sand needstime to absorb the water. Discuss with the students thatthe water they are adding represents precipitation.

72 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

liq ue fac tionLiquefaction is the process in whichsoil or sand suddenly loses theproperties of solid material andinstead behaves like a liquid.

Teacher Take Note: For this activityto work, it is very important forstudents not to handle their contain-ers until instructed to do so.

Page 100: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

ExtensionA possible extension is to useweights, such as fishing weights, tomodel buildings sinking because ofliquefaction. Plastic buildings do nothave enough weight to sink.

Liquefaction of soil can causebuildings to slump and some-times to collapse entirely.

4. Carefully sprinkle dry sand over the wet surface so thatthe entire top of the sand is barely thy to the touch. Pressgently with your index fingertip to test for firmness, andadd more sand if necessary. (Sand should be firm to thetouch.)

5. Place a hand over the top of the container and rapidlyslide the container back and forth on the table (thecontainer should not come off the table top). Continuesliding until you observe standing water at the surface.(Explain that the shaking simulates earthquake wavestraveling through the ground.)

6. Now press your finger into the sand. What happened?(It should sink easily because the waves of energy youproduced by sliding the container have caused water tomove up and liquefy the sand.) What would happen tobuildings on top of the soil that was liquefied? (Theywould topple over or sink into the soil.)

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 73

Page 101: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity Three: A Slippery Slope

Materials for the teacherNewspapers to cover work surfaceLarge tray (Ask your grocer for a supply of large plasticfoam meat trays.)Local soils of various textures, or potting soilBuilders sandFine gravelAluminum foilWater

Procedure

1. Tell your 'students that you are going to make a modelof a hillside. Follow the directions below:a. Cover your work surface with several layers of newspa-

pers. In the meat tray, build a hill from moistened sandor soil. It may be any height or shape you choose. Youmay want to make one side steeper than the other.

b. Wrap a sheet of foil around your hill to simulate theslippery layer of rock or soil that allows outer layers toslide off during an earthquake.

c. Completely cover the foil with another layer of sand,soil, or gravel.

d. Ask students to predict the effect of an earthquake onthe model. Which parts will be most affected by theearthquake?

e. Hold the tray on which your hill rests with both hand,and slide it back and forth sharply on your work surfaceto simulate an earthquake.

74 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159'

Teacher Take Note: Do some hillbuilding of your own before class, toget the feel of the activity. Althoughthis activity has been designed as ateacher demonstration, it could bedone by students in small groups.

115

Page 102: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

ExtensionShow pictures of famous landslidescaused by earthquakes, such as thosethat happened at Hebgen Lake inMontana, and in Alaska during the1964 earthquake. Invite students toresearch and present reports on theseor other landslide events.

2. After producing a landslide, conduct a class discussionincluding these questions:

How did the shape of the hill affect the landslide? (Thesteeper the slope, the more easily the material will slidedown.)

How did the type of material on top of the foil affect thelandslide? (Various answers are possible.)

What would have happened if less water had been usedin the soil mixture? What if more had been used?(Landslides are more likely when the surface is water-logged.)

How should the potential of a site for landslides causedby earthquakes affect decisions on locating homes andother structures on or under it? (Such a site wouldmake a poor choice unless it can be reinforced in someway.)

What are some events other than earthquakes that cancause landslides? (Heavy rains, freezing and thawing ofthe ground, erosion).

3. Have students in groups write a report describing howthe hill was built, what they observed during the land-slide, and what considerations and precautions should betaken into account when building on or near a slope.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 75

Page 103: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity Four: Tsunami!

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 24a, Tsunami Factsand Master 24b, Notable TsunamisOverhead projector

Materials for each pair or group of studentsGlass or metal baking pan or plastic shoe boxAbout 1 liter of waterPlastic lid of the type used to reclose coffee or margarinecontainersPunching tool or drawing compassScissorsStringSandErasers, toothpicks, popsicle sticks, and other smallobjects to represent shore featuresBook or block of wood to serve as wedgeMetric ruler

Procedure1. Ask students the following questions:

Do earthquakes occur under the ocean? (Yes)

Do earthquakes under the ocean ever affect people:(Some students may think of tsunamis. If not, intro-duce the topic.)

2. Project the transparency of Master 24a, Tsunami Facts.Begin with what students already know about tsunamis,and share the information on the master. Then tell classthat they are going to build a model of a tsunami.

11776 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

tsu na miA tsunami is a giant ocean wavecaused by movements of the oceanfloor, such as earthquakes andvolcanic eruptions.

Page 104: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 2, Grades 3-4 II

Extensions1. Read tO your students:

The Magic Fan, written and illus-trated by Keith Baker; The Big Waveby Pearl Buck; or Tbe Wave, a Japa-nese folk tale by Margaret Hodges.

2. Use the art print ofThe Wave toinitiate a critical review of the print.Discuss medium, colors, and feelingswhen looking at the print.

Sand

3. Divide students into pairs or small groups, distributematerials, and give these directions:a. Use the wedge to tilt the pan at an angle of about 20

degrees.

b. Pour water into the pan to cover the lower end, leavingabout a third of the pan at the upper end dry.

c. Pack a layer of sand 1 in. (2-3 cm) thick on the dry endof the pan to simulate a beach or coastline. Use yourhands to mold dunes or drifts. Draw roads parallel tothe shore with a stick or your fingers. Build docks andother small, lightweight structures to complete theshore environment. Be creative.

d. Punch the plastic lid on one end near the rim to make ahole, and thread it with a piece of string 8 in. (20 cm)long. Tie knots to hold the string in place.

e. Gently (in order not to make waves) place the plasticonto the bottom at the deep end of the pan. Trim it to fitif necessary. The string should be next to the low side ofthe pan.

f. Have one student use several fingers to hold the plasticdown tightly on the shallow end, while another studentpulls the string up at the deep end with a rapid move-ment. Tsunami!

4. When all groups have completed the simulation, askthem to describe what happened and discuss their obser-vations.

5. Project the transparency of Master 24b, Notable Tsuna-mis. Discuss data found on overhead. Ask students wheredo damaging tsunamis occur? (Along any shoreline) Whatkind of damage is caused by tsunamis? (Property damage,crop loses, etc.) Where do the earthquakes originate thatcause tsunamis? (Ocean floor. They also can be generatedwhen large coastal landslides occur on oceanic islands.)

string

113 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 77

Page 105: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Building Up and Breaking Down

Vocabulary

mountainplainplateaucontinental slopeabyssal plainunderwater deltaturbidity current

Learning Links

Social Studies: Identifying land-scape regions of the United Statesand identifying ocean bottomfeatures

Art: Constructing model of under-water landscape

Content Concepts1. The major landscape features we see on the continentsare mountains, plains, and plateaus.

2. Tectonic movements, including earthquakes, are amongthe forces which create Earth's landscapes.

3. Many of the Earth's most significant landscape featuresare under the oceans.

ObjectivesStudents willdescribe three major landscape features: mountains,

plains, and plateaus.identify mountains, plains, and plateaus on a landscape

map.construct models of various types of mountains and

relate those models to specific places in the United States.identify, from observing illustrations of the Earth's sur

face features, which of them were created by earthquakes.identify abyssal plains and underwater deltas, and model

their formation.

AssessmentChoose mountains, plains, or plateaus, and describe whatEarth activity may have caused their formation. Illustrateyour ideas.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 79

Page 106: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity One: Mountahi, Plain, and Plateau

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 25a, Landscape RegionsTransparency made from Master lb, U.S. Map (withstates)Master 25b and 25c for referenceOverhead projectorA variety of scenic photographs showing major Earthfeaturesmountains, plains, plateaus, and oceans

Materials for each studentCrayons or colored pencilsClass notebookHandout made from Master 25a, Landscape RegionsWorksheet

80 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

moun tainA mountain is a portion of thelandscape that is usually higherthan surrounding areas and hassteep slopes with faulted, folded,or tilted rocks.

plainA plain is an area of horizontalrocks that is generally lower thansurrounding regions.

plat eauA plateau is an area of horizontalrocks that is higher than surround-ing areas and usually has someareas of steep slopes.

Page 107: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Procedure

1. Explain that landscape features related to earthquakesrange from major features like mountains, plains, andplateaus to smaller features like cliffs and valleys, and verysmall features like crushed and scratched rock along faults.This unit deals with the major features.

2. Have class members suggest some examples of moun-tains, plains, and plateaus in the world, the United States,and their own locality.

3. Distribute copies of Master 25a, Landscape RegionsWorksheet. Project the transparency of the same master. Askstudents to use a purple pencil or crayon to color in everyregion on their worksheets that has a 1. These are themountain regions. Ask them to color the areas with 2s, theplains regions, in green: and the 3s, the plateau regions, inbrown. Direct the students to complete the key on Master25a.

4. Project Master 1, U.S. Map, with labels. Help studentslocate their own state and the two or three neighboringstates on their worksheet. Ask the class:

What kind of landscape region do you live in?

Where is the mountain landscape region nearest to yourarea?Where is the nearest plains region? What about plateaus?

5. Allow students to discuss their answers until they arriveat a consensus.

Master 25a. Landscape Regions Worksheet

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 81

Page 108: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Two:The Folding Mountains Mystery

Materials for the teacherTransparency made fromof the U.S.Transparency made fromTransparency made fromBreakup of PangaeaOverhead ProjectorA classroom map of U.S.

Master 25b, Landscape Regions

Master 17, Plate Boundaries MapMaster 19, Formation and

Materials for each small groupThree to five hand towels or fabric scraps of approximatelythe same size.

Procedure

1. On a classroom map of the United States, and on Master23b, locate the Folded Appalachians, the Ouachita Mountains,the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and the Basin Range regions ofthe United States. Explain that each of these regions has beenmolded by earthquakes or activity associated with earth-quakes.

2. Tell students that the Folded Appalachians and theOuachita Mountains were formed largely by a process calledfolding. Distribute three to five towels to each small group.Explain that the towels will represent rock layers of the lithos-phere in the simulation they are about to do. Givethese directions:

a. Stack the towels.

b. Hold the stack by its two ends and gently push thetowels toward the center. What happened? (The towelsfolded into several ridges.)

If the sheets of towel were layers of rock, what wouldprovide the push to fold them? (The pressure of earth-quake movements and convergent plate movements, orthe squeezing Of rock layers from opposite sides)

3. Project Master 17, Plate Boundaries Map, and ask: Do yousee evidence of plates converging anywhere near either tileFolded Appalachians or the Ouachitas? Challengestudents: How could these layers have been folded? (Do notprovide any answer yet.)

4. After some discussion, project Master 19, Formation andBreakup of Pangaea, and let students observe that plateboundaries were converging in those places hundreds ofmillions of years ago, when these old mountains were formed.

82 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

From Master 19, ForMation andBreakup of the Pangaea

Master 25b. Landscape Regions of the U.S.See Master 25c for a complete list of theregions numbered. The four mentioned inthe text include (6) Folded Appalachians.(15) Ouachita Mountains, (22) Basin andRegion, and (24) Sierra Nevadas

0 0J. 4, 4,

Page 109: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Teacher Take Note: This procedurecan be done with any of several kindsof material, but you'll want to experi-ment with whatever you select. You'llsee what kind of cutting tool worksbest and know what to expect whenyou do the activity with your class.

Examples of mountain building action

Uplifting (or upwarping) may be causedby convergence

Downdropping may be caused byconvergence or divergence

Activity Three: Mountain Modeling

Materials for each student or pair of studentsDull table knife or scissorsRectangular block of plastic foam or furniture foam, atleast 2" (10 cm) long and wide and 2" (8-10 cm) thickNewspapers to cover desks or work surfaces

Procedure

1. Distribute materials. Tell students that they are goingto model another type of mountain building which formedthe Sierra Nevadas and the Basin and Range areas of theUnited States. Give these directions:

a. Cut a wedge-shaped section out of the middle of theblock, lift it out, and then replace it in its originalposition.

b. Hold the sides of the block in two hands and pullthem, apart slightly, allowing the inner wedge to drop.

What do the tops of the two cut surfaces represent?(faults)

What do the slopes along which the wedge slippedrepresent? (fault cliffs)

What could cause something like this to happen to theEarth's lithosphere? (There are several possible an-swers. An earthquake could cause two portions of thelithosphere to separate. Plates could be diverging.Convergence could also cause this kind of movement,however, and is a likely explanation in t.he case of theSierra Nevadas and the Basin and Range mountains.)

2. Ask students to put the wedge back in its originalposition to prepare for another simulation. Direct them tohold the three sections together with their two hands andpush on the outside, causing the wedge to move up. Ask:

What could happen in the lithosphere to cause thiskind of movement? (compression resulting from theconvergence of plates or convergence due to faultmovement.)

How could a small movement like this result in moun-tains thousands of meters high? (Mountains would beformed by a series of earthquakes, or many series overmany thousands of yearS-.)

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 83

Page 110: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IIIPhysical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Four: Underwater Avalanche

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 26, Ocean BottomOverhead projector

Materials for each small groupA trough 50 cm to one meter long (This could be a sectionof PVC rain gutter or a shipping tube cut and lined withplastic. Halves of quart milk cartons would also work.)2 liter container filled with waterTrough supports (blocks of wood or old books)Sandy soil or mixture of sand and dry pottery clay (kaolin)to simulate sedimentPlastic shoe box or baking pan to hold water and sedimentCorrugated cardboard strips with the grooves exposed(Tear off the outer layer of paper.)Tape

Procedure

1. Project the transparency of the ocean bottom, Master 26,Ocean Bottom. Orient students by pointing out the easternUnited States, the Mid-Atlantic Ridge in the Atlantic Ocean,and the abyssal areas in the underwater delta. Informstudents that the abyssal areas are one of the largestlandscape features of the Earth. Ask the class why theysuppose there are such extensive flat areas on the oceanbottoms, and why the underwater deltas exist. Also ask whythe deltas and abyssal areas are located where they are.(Accept various answers for now.)

2. Point out the angled underwater landscape of the conti-nental slope and the rough topography near the mid-oceanridge. Explain that earthquakes under the continentalslopes can cause sediment on the ocean bottom to loosen,mix with water, and slide down the slope at speeds up to100 km an hour. We call this movement a turbidity current.

84 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

a bys sal plainAn abyssal plain is a plain under theocean between a continent and a mid-ocean ridge.

tur bid icur rent

ty

A turbidity current is a downwardflow of water and sediments such asmud or sand along the ocean bottom.These swirling currents may becaused by earthquakes.

NorthAtlantic Ocean

"ON

is

- A\ Mid-Atlantic"A Ocean

...e

`

2 4

Page 111: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Physical Results of Earthquakes/ Unit III, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Extensions1. Use a stopwatch to calculate thespeed of the turbidity currents.

2. Tie string across the trough torepresent underwater communicationcables, then observe and record whathappens to these model cables in aturbidity current.

3. Show some other diagrams ormaps of ocean bottoms, and discussseveral other features and how theirorigin is related to earthquakes.(Other ocean features related toearthquakes include ocean trenches,rift valleys, mid-ocean ridges, islandarcs, lava flows, and volcanoes of themid-ocean ridges.)

2-liter bottle filled withwater for pouring

Trough one meter long

Corrugatedcardboard

Sediments form over thecorrugated ribs ofcardboard as sandsettles out of the sandand water mixture.

3. Tell the class that they axe going to build a model todemonstrate turbidity currents and their effects on thefeatures of the ocean bottom. Give these directions:a. Set up the trough, making sure it can hold water.

b. Place one end of the trough so that it overhangs thecollecting pan.

c. Prop up the high end with books or blocks of wood, sothat there is about a 10- to 20-degree slope to the trough,representing the topography of the ocean slope.

d. Place some corrugated cardboard in the collecting panand tape it in place. If necessary, hold the cardboard inplace during the next steps. It represents the roughlandscape east of the abyssal areas on the ocean bottom.Cover the bottom of the trough with soil or sand and clay.

e. Slowly and continuously pour water into the upper end ofthe trough. While one student is pouring, another willshake the trough.

4. Have students create different kinds of turbidity currentsby repeating step e above, possibly pouring at differentspeeds and shaking with different intensities. Ask:

What does the shaking of the trough represent? (anearthquake)

What has happened to the rough surface (corrugatedcardboard) of the ocean bottom? (It has become smootherbecause sediments have filled it in.)

What has been produced? (An abyssal plain is producedby the deposition of sediment from the turbidity current.)

What has been formed where the trough overhangs thecollecting pan? (An underwater delta has been formed. Ifstudents don't know what a delta is on landa more orless fan-shaped land area where sediments are depositedat the mouth of a riverexplain and give examples. TheNile Delta, the Mississippi Delta are good ones.)

5. To sum up, project the transparency of the ocean bottomagain and reinforce the meaning and origin of abyssalplains and underwater deltas, and how they are produced(at least in part) by turbidity currents generated by earth-quakes.

Shake the collectionpan to keep sandand water insuspension.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 85

Page 112: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Unit III. Physical Results of EarthquakesMaterials List

Grades IE-2empty milk cartonscolored pencilsmarkerscray onsdra- ring papermai king tapeover head projectorscis ;orsrubl )er bands

86 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Grades 3-4scissorscolored pencilsunlined paperpaper clipslight cardboardglue stickmetric measuring cup/beakersmall plastic tubsandnewspapersfoam traysoiloverhead projectorgravelaluminum foilmetal or glass baking pan

or plastic shoeboxplastic margarine lidpunching toolstringmetric ruler

Grades 5-6photographscrayonscolored pencilsconstruction paper2-liter soda bottlefoam blockfurniture foamnewspaperspermanent markersPVC rain gutter, shipping

tube, or milk cartonplastic shoe boxblocks of woodsandy soil, or sand, or clay

(kaolin)corrugated cardboarddull table knife or scissorsoverhead projectornotebooktape

Page 113: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 20a

-

111 .0

r0 N (I)

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

I 2 7

Page 114: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 20b

Pangaea Flip Book

,

a

_

0r-1

roi11

NrI

CO aN

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

123

Page 115: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 20c

,..

fillibr i

I

N GC

1

& iihz.0

410.

tr)y-1

Nti1-1

It,r-i

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

if. 2 9

Page 116: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 20d

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 117: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 21

131 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 118: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Rural Community After an Earthquake

Master 22

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 119: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 23

Fault Model

ZEI3A1/1 )1301:1

A1:13AV1)1308

X1:13AV1 )1301:1

=Ioo74

;mXIN

73oo74r>mzi-4

330nx1->mmx

, xccw

Dx00cc

>-CCw

ZX00cc

NccW

ax00cc

111111111 1 1111H111111111111H 11111Railroad tracks

1.G -...

N

/3 IIN+ E

S

ITreeLI we

Building CP--

C37-1 Road

ROCK LAYER X

D B

A a\ C ROCK LAYER Y

\ ROCK LAYER Z

134EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 120: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 24a

Tsunami Facts

Tsunami Japanese wordpronounced: soo nah memeans "wave in the harbor"

misnamed as "tidal waves"

Caused by: earthquakeother movements on the ocean floor

Travel at speeds up to 600 miles per hourTsunami traveling in deep water and open ocean cause nodamage and are hardly noticeable.Tsunami traveling in shallow water can batter coastlineswith waves as high as 100 feet, causing considerabledamage.

Tsunami Warning CentersPost warnings when earthquake of tsunami potentialoccurs.

3 5EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 121: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 24b

Notable Tsunami

November 1, 1755. A Lisbon, Portugal earthquake generated tsunamisthat hit the west coasts of Spain, Portugal, and Morocco.

August 27, 1883. The volcanic eruption and explosion on the island ofKrakatoa (west of Java in the East Indies) generated a tsunami that sent100-foot (about 30 meters) waves crashing into Java and Sumatra, drowning36,500 people.

March 2, 1933. An earthquake along a submarine fault in the Japantrench (subduction zone) generated a tsunami that struck the Japanese coastwith wave crests as high as 25 meters, killing 3,000 people.

April 1, 1946. An earthquake on the sea bottom near the Aleutian Islandsgenerated a tsunami that struck Hilo, Hawaii, killing 159 people.

May 22, 1960. An earthquake in Chile generated a tsunami, killing 1,000people in Chile, Hawaii, the Philippines, and Japan.

March 28, 1964. The powerful Alaskan earthquake caused a tsunami thatcame ashore in many places, including Cresent City, California. It caused atotal of 122 deaths and $104,000,000 in damage, overall. Waves were 52meters (about 170 feet) high in Valdez, Alaska.

-4Ot

,2tete

Portugal1755

Japan 1933

California 1964

Hawaii 1946

/,

4.40//

Java 1883Chile 1960

0 MOD MOO 3CO311=IIMIMi0 MOO .0 COO

3 6

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 122: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 25a

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

cr)COr-

Page 123: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

OtT 6E'

Page 124: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 25c

Landscape Regions Key

1. Superior Uplands mountains (1)2. Continental Shelf plains (2)3. Coastal Plain plain (2)4. Appalachian Piedmont mountains (1)5. Blue Ridge Appalachians mountains (1)6. Folded Appalachians mountains (folded) (1)7. St. Lawrence Valley plain (2)8. Appalachian Plateaus plateau (3)9. New England Uplands mountains (1)

10. Adirondack Mountains mountains (1)11. Interior Low Plateaus plateau (3)12. Central Lowlands plateau (3)13. Great "Plains" plateau (3)14. Ozark Plateau plateau (3)15. Ouachita Mountains mountains (folded) (1)16. Southern Rocky Mountains mountains (1)17. Wyoming Basin plateau (3)18. Middle Rocky Mountains mountains (1)19. Northern Rocky Mountains mountains (1)20. Columbia Plateau plateau (3)21. Colorado Plateau plateau (3)22. Basin and Range mountains (fault block) (1)23. Cascade Mountains mountains (1)24. Sierra Nevada Mountains mountains (1)25. Pacific Coastal Ranges mountains (1)26. Alaska (mostly mountains) mountains (1)27. Hawaii (composed of volcanos) mountains (1)

141EARTF1QUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 125: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Sou

th A

mer

ican

Oce

an

1 4

21.

43

Page 126: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes

144

Page 127: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ear

thqu

ake

Cur

ricu

lum

, K-6

-- S

cope

and

Seq

uenc

e C

hart

Uni

t 1V

: Mea

suri

ng E

arth

quak

es

Lev

elC

once

ptL

abor

ator

yM

athe

mat

ics

Lan

guag

e A

rts

Soci

al S

tudi

esA

rt

H-2

Ear

thqu

akes

hav

e di

ffer

ent

stre

ngth

s.

Ear

thqu

akes

cau

se d

iffe

rent

amou

nts

of d

amag

e.

Sim

ulat

ion

ofre

lativ

e st

reng

ths

ofea

rthq

uake

s.

Ord

inal

num

bers

Con

cept

s of

mos

tan

d le

ast

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Eff

ects

of

eart

h-qu

akes

on

build

ings

and

peop

le

Con

stru

ctin

gea

rthq

uake

sim

ulat

ion

mod

el

3-4

Ear

thqu

akes

dif

fer

in th

eam

ount

of

ener

gy th

eyre

leas

e.

Ear

thqu

akes

may

be

mea

-su

red

by th

eir

effe

cts

(int

ensi

ty)

or b

y th

e am

ount

of e

nerg

y th

ey r

elea

se(m

agni

tude

).

Seis

mog

raph

sim

ulat

ion

Mea

sure

men

t of

dist

ance

s

Gra

ph o

f m

easu

re-

men

t dat

a

Rom

an n

umer

als

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Wri

tten

desc

ript

ions

of M

erca

lli il

lust

ra-

tions

Impa

ct o

f ea

rth-

quak

es o

n so

ciet

y

Bio

grap

hica

l stu

dyof

ear

thqu

ake

scie

ntis

ts

Illu

stra

tions

of

the

Mer

calli

sca

le

5-6

Ear

thqu

ake

wav

es a

re e

ither

surf

ace

or b

ody

wav

es,

Ear

thqu

ake

body

wav

es a

reei

ther

pri

mar

y or

sec

onda

ry.

Ear

thqu

ake

wav

es d

etec

ted

by a

sei

smog

raph

are

reco

rded

as

seis

mog

ram

s.

Slin

kysi

mul

atio

nof

ear

thqu

ake

wav

es.

Shoe

box

and

rubb

erba

nd s

imul

atio

n of

eart

hqua

ke w

aves

.

Seis

mog

raph

sim

ulat

ion.

Ear

thqu

ake

wav

esi

mul

atio

n ga

me.

Rat

io o

f ea

rthq

uake

wav

e sp

eed

Met

ric

mea

sure

men

tof

wav

e am

plitu

de

Com

puta

tion,

redu

cing

fra

ctio

ns

Voc

abul

ary

deve

lop-

men

t of

eart

hqua

kew

ords

Impa

ct o

f ea

rth-

quak

es o

n so

ciet

yM

odel

des

igni

ng

145

014

6

Page 128: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes

Magnitude and intensity are both measures of anearthquake, but they describe different characteristics.Magnitude is a measure of the amplitude of the earth-quake waves. Wave amplitude is related to the amountof energy the earthquake releases. Intensity is a mea-sure of the effect that the earthquake had on naturaland human-made structures. Each earthquake has asingle magnitude and a range of intensities.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 87

Page 129: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes

Measuring EarthquakesWith few exceptions, earthquakes occur because of therelease of energy stored in the rocks of the Earth'slithosphere. In order to understand how this release ofenergy is measured, however, we must first understandhow it occurs.

Stress and Strain

Compressional StressWhen rocks are squeezed we say that they are undercompressional stress. The rocks will behave elastically.That is, they will absorb the stress by changing theirshape, like the soles of good running shoes. Thischange in shape is called strain. But, just like rubbersoles, or rubber balls that are squeezed, strained rockswill rebound to their original shapes when the stress isremoved. When the rocks rebound we say that theirstrain energy has been released.

Tensional StressAlternatively, if lithospheric rocks are being pulledapart, we can say that they are under tensional stress.In this case the rocks will tend to stretch like a stretch-ing rubber band. They will rebound to their originalshapes when the tensional stress is removed.

Earthquake!However, if the stress exceeds what the material canbear, the material will rupture, or break. What happenswhen you pull too hard on a rubber band?

When rocks are strained too much, they break, and theoriginal pieces rebound to their original shapes. In theEarth's lithosphere this rebounding and release ofstrain energy is accompanied by rubbing, grinding, andcrashing, as the rock masses move past each other.The result is what we call an earthquake.

88 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 130: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes

Waves and VibrationsRegardless of the depth of the earthquake focus,vibrations from the release of strain energy travel inall directions. The earthquake vibrations are trans-mitted through the surrounding lithosphere, andeven through the Earth's mantle and core, by avariety of wave-like motions. Earthquake waves areof two kinds, body waves and surface waves.

Body WavesBody waves that travel through the Earth are eitherP- (for Primary) waves or S- (for Secondary) waves.P-waves travel faster than S-waves. The two typestogether are called body waves because they travelthrough the body of the Earth. Body waves are im-portant because they allow us to locate the epicen-ters of earthquakes. They also enable us to study thestructure and composition of the Earth's interior.

Surface WavesEarthquake waves that travel at or near the surfaceof the Earth are called surface waves. The two mainvarieties are Love waves, which move sidewise, andRayleigh waves, which have an up-and-down (rotary)motion. Surface waves spread for thousands or tensof thousands of square kilometers around anearthquake's epicenter. They are primarily respon-sible for the shaking of the ground and damage tobuildings that occur in large earthquakes.

1 4 9 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 89

Page 131: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

rvMeasuring Earthquakes

Two Ways of Measuring Earthquakes

The Mercalli Scale: A Measure of IntensityEarthquake intensity is a measure of the effects of anearthquake at a particular place. Intensity is deter-mined from observations of an earthquake's effectson people, structures, and the Earth's surface. A ten-value intensity scale which had been in use in Eu-rope since 1883 was refined in 1902 by an Italianseismologist, Giuseppe Mercalli. The Mercalli scale weuse today is a modification of Mercalli's 12-valuescale developed by two Americans, H.O. Wood andFrank Neumann, in 1931. The scale uses Romannumerals from I to XII to rank relative levels of de-struction, ground motion, and human impact.The intensity (or impact) of an earthquake in a givenarea will depend on the type of geological structuresin the area as well as the type of buildings. Housesbuilt on rock, for example, will receive less damagethan houses built on sediments at the same distancefrom a quake's epicenter. Poorly built houses willreceive more damage than those that have beenreinforced to withstand earthquakes. In general,though, the further a site is from the earthquake'sfocus, the lower the amount of damage it will sustain.

Far-Ranging Effects

Even though the main shock lasts for such a shorttime the effects of a major earthquake may reach along way in both space and time. People hundreds ofmiles away from the epicenter may experience shak-ing or damage. This is especially true in the easternUnited States, where quakes are felt over a muchlarger area than they are in the West.

An isoseismal map shows zones or bands whereearthquake effects of the same intensity have beenreported. For example, the U.S. map on the next pageshows the areas that reported Modified Mercalliintensities of VI or greater for two major earthquakes.All of the areas between the isoseismal line labeled VIand the line labeled VII could experience effects ofMercalli intensity VI. The effects would be less strongin the area outside the line labeled V.

90 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 132: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes

VIII

The San Francisco earthquake of April 18,1906, andthe New Madrid earthquake of December 16,1811,had roughly the same magnitude on the Richterscale. However, the area which registered VII or aboveon the Mercalli scale was twenty times larger for theNew Madrid quake than for the one in San Francisco.

The main shocks in the New Madrid area were fol-lowed by fifteen strong aftershocks. All were feltstrongly enough to waken sleepers in WashingtonD.C. In the three months following the main shock,nearly 2,000 aftershocks were reported at Louisville,Kentucky, 320 km (or 200 miles) from the NewMadrid fault zone.The Charleston earthquake of August 31, 1886, had aRichter magnitude of 7 and a Mercalli intensity of Xat the epicenter. Events of Mercalli intensity II to IIIwere reported as far north as upper New York stateand western New England and as far south as the tipof Florida.

The Magnitude Scale: A Measure of SizeA method of rating the size of earthquakes is by usingscientific instruments to measure the amplitude ofbody waves and surface waves recorded on seismo-grams, The amplitude is the height of the wave trac-ing above the center line on the seismogram.

San Francisco, CA (1906)30,000 square kilometersMagnitude 8.3

Isoseismal map of three U.S. earth-quakes. Areas with lines show ModifiedMercalli intensity.

New Madrid, MO (1811-1812)600,000 square kilometersMagnitude 8.6 4.01114-a0.

nfriwi

orem"-.1

151

VI-VII

Charleston, SC (1886)600,000 square kilometersMagnitude 6.8

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 91

Page 133: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes

The instrument's reading indicates the amount ofstrain energy released by an earthquake. This measureis called the earthquake's magnitude. The greater thewave amplitude, the greater the magnitude.

A magnitude scale was devised by the American seis-mologist Charles Richter in 1935. It uses Arabic nu-merals. Richter's scale is logarithmic and open-ended;that is, there is no upper or lower limit to Richtermagnitudes. Each whole-number increase in themagnitude of an earthquake represents about a thirty-fold increase in the amount of energy released.

The original Richter magnitude scale was devised tomeasure earthquakes in southern California. Later,over the years other types of seismographs have beendeveloped. Precision in locating distant earthquakesand accuracy in determining their magnitudes haveimproved as the number and sophistication of seismo-graph designs have increased. Today computers arebeing used to analyze seismographic datasomethingyour students may want to research on their own.

However, Richter and his colleague Beno Gutenbergdevised a scale to measure distant earthquakes. Thisscale is based on the amplitudes of surface waves.Body waves from distant earthquakes can also be usedto determine magnitude.

The SeismographThe instrument used to record earthquakes is called aseismograph. The first seismographs were designed byBritish scientists working in Japan between 1880 and1890. The most famous of these early seismographswas a horizontal pendulum model built by John Milne.

Pendulum seismographs rely on a simple principle ofphysics, the principle of inertia. A heavy weight that isallowed to move freely will tend to remain in its originalposition when the ground beneath it begins to move inresponse to earthquake waves.

Mechanical or electrical devices can be used to sensethe motion of the ground relative to the heavy pendu-lum of the seismograph. Up-and-down or sidewaysground motion sends a mechanical or electrical signalto a pen attached to a paper-covered drum. As thedrum turns, the pen wiggles, producing an amplifiedrecording of the ground motion. This recording iscalled a seismogram. Scientists use the amplitudes ofearthquake waves recorded as seismograms to deter-mine the magnitude ratings of earthquakes.

92 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Table: Earthquake World RecordsLocation

Ecuador

Assam, India

Alaska

Alaska

Southern Chile

San Francisco

Kwanto, Japan

Erzincan, Turkey

Indonesia

Mexico

Bolivia

Date MagnitudeJanuary 31,1906June 12, 1897

March 28, 1964

September 10, 1899

May 21-30, 1960

April 18, 1906

September 1, 1923

December 27, 1939

August 19, 1977

September 19, 1985

June 9, 1994

8.9

8.7

8.6

8.6

8.5

8.2

8.2

8.0

8.0

7.9

8.2

Concretebase

152

From Master 29, Seismographs

Support moves

<===1 E=>

This heavy weightdoes not move much

Recording drumwith recordingpaper

Earth moves,horizontal motion

Page 134: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 1, Grades K-2

Earthquakes Great and Small

Vocabulary

energy

Learning Links

Language Arts: Discussion/oralcommunication, vocabulary building,reading (optional)

Social Studies: Discussing effects ofearthquake damage on people andtheir property

Math: Using ordinal numbers

Art: Constructing earthquake shnula-tion model

Content Concepts1. Earthquakes have different strengths.

2. Earthquakes cause different amounts of damage.

Objectives

Students willdemonstrate two types of energy.demonstrate that earthquakes have different levels ofstrength.

construct a model to simulate earthquakes and earthquake damage.compare the movement in the earthquake model toground movement during a quake.

compare different levels of earthquake strength in termsof their effects on structures.

AssessmentStudents will experiment with building shapes and meth-ods of construction. Ask students to describe the effects ofgentle and strong shaking on their buildings.

153 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 93

Page 135: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ 'unit IV, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity One: Weak and Strong

Procedure

1. Conduct a class discussion on the concept of energy.Establish that energy has many forms (such as mechanicalenergy, heat, sound, and light) and many differentstrengths.

2. Have students demonstrate two familiar types ofenergy.a. Ask them to clap their hands loudly and describe the

sound; then to clap them softly and describe the sound.Do you hear a difference? (Yes)

Why is there a difference? (Soft clapping releases asmaller amount of sound energy than loud clappingdoes.)

b. Ask them to rub their hands together slowly and de-scribe how they feel, then rub them together quickly anddescribe how they feel.

How does the amount of energy change? As the amountof energy increases, what do you notice?

Why do you feel a difference? (Quick rubbing releases agreater amount of heat energy than slow rubbing does.)

Activity Two: Shakes Makes QuakesMaterials for the teacher

A small table or desk that moves easily. See also TeacherNote and Master 27, Shake Table

Materials for each pair of studentsA shallow box partially filled with sand or soilPaperAn assortment of objects for building structures:small blocks LegosTM penne pastasugar cubes Lincoln L0gsTM Play-DohTM or flubber.

Procedure

1. Hand out paper and materials to each pair of students.

2. On one side of the paper, have students design plans forbuilding a few structures of different heights that wouldwithstand an earthquake. Students should include sen-tences that describe what they intend to build with andwhy they think it would withstand an earthquake.

94 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: Before beginningthis activity, you may want to havesmall groups or pairs of studentsconstruct their own shake table(Master 27).

15

Page 136: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 1, Grades K-2

3. With their partner and with the materials provided,have students construct the structures they Just drew andwrote about above.

4. When their structures are completed, have partnerstake turns testing their structures on the shake table, ordesk, shaking it gently the first time. (Nothing shouldhappen to the structures.)

5. Shake it three more times, increasing the amount offorce each time so that eventually the structures willgradually disassemble.a. Each time the table shakes, have partners discuss the

observations they are making.

b. On the other side of their paper, have students draw theresults of the table shaking on their structures. Includewith their drawing some reflective writing as to:

What caused the buildings to fall down? (the shaking ofthe table)

What caused the table to shake? (the students)

What did the students give to the table? (energy)

What happened to the buildings? the first time?second time? third time? (They eventually brokeapart.)

Are earthquakes always the same? (No. Some are weakand some are strong.)

Does it make any difference what building materials areused? (Yes. Have students look at other people's de-signs and models. Compare buildings made of stackingblocks with buildings made of materials that are con-nected to each other.)

What are some of the strongest shapes and materialsused?How did those factors affect the structures?

Summary: Different earthquakes have different amountsof energy, and cause different amounts of damage.

155EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 95

Page 137: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 1, Grades K-2

Activity Three: Shake a Minute

Materials for the teacherLarge clock with second handBlackboard and chalk

Materials for each studentPencils

I._ Paper

Procedure

1. Ask students to estimate on a piece of paper how longthey think an earthquake lasts. (How long will the groundshake?)

2. Collect the estimates and list them on the board.

3. Explain to students that in most earthquakes, shakingrarely lasts for as long as a minute in any one area. Strongshaking from a major quake usually lasts for 30 to 60seconds. The 1906 San Francisco earthquake lasted about40 seconds. In the 1964 Alaskan earthquake, the shakinglasted 3 to 4 minutes--an extremely long time. This doesnot happen very often.

4. Tell students that they are going to estimate how long aone-minute earthquake is without looking at a clock. Havethem break up into pairs. One of each pair will be thetimekeeper and recorder, while the other is the "earth-quake."

5. When you give the signal, the earthquakes are to beginshaking, and the timers are to begin timing. Ask thequakes (whose backs are to the chalkboard) to continueshaking until they think that a minute has passed.

96 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 138: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 1, Grades K-2

6. Once the timing and shaking start, write the timeelapsed on the board every five seconds. The timers, whocan see the board, should record the last time listed whentheir partners stop shaking. Instruct the timers not toshare the time with the earthquake students yet.

7. Ask the timers to report the actual times that each"quake" lasted. Write all the times on the board. Have theclass compare the times:

How long was the shortest "earthquake"?

How long was the longest?

What was the average time for this group?

8. Have partners switch roles and repeat steps 5 and 6,then step 7. Ask the class:

Did the second group come closer to one minute thanthe first?

If the answer is yes, why? (Perhaps because the secondpair of students had the advantage of observing thefirst pair.)

9. Now have everyone in the class shake for one minute atthe same time. Tell them when to start and stop, but askthem not to watch the clock. Then ask:

Did the time you shook seem like more or less than aminute? (Explain that even though an earthquake isover in a short time, it usually seems much longer tothose people experiencing it.)

What might happen to objects in this classroom if theground shook strongly for a minute? (Answers willvary.) Explain that we will learn more about this in ournext activity.

157EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 97

Page 139: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Different Shakes for Different Quakes

Vocabulary

energyearthquake waveamplitudeearthquake intensityearthquake magnitudemodified Mercalli scaleseismographseismogram

Learning Links

Language Arts: Reading sentences,sequencing ideas, discussing, buildingvocabulary, constructing paragraphs

Social Studies: Discussing the humanimpact of earthquakes

Math: Using Roman numerals, interpret-ing data

Art: Making illustrations

Content Concepts1. Earthquakes differ in the amount of energy theyrelease.

2. Earthquakes may be measured by their effects (inten-sity) or by the amount of energy they release (magnitude).

ObjectivesStudents will

construct drawings to illustrate the Mercalli scale as ameasure of earthquake effects on people, structures,and the Earth's surface.identify the magnitude scale as a measure of energyreleased by earthquakes.construct and use a seismograph to demonstrate themeasurement of earthquakes.chart the number of earthquakes that occur each yearin different damage categories, mild to severe.

AssessmentDisplay a seismogram and explain what it represents andhow it can be used to identify earthquake magnitude.

1 53EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 99

Page 140: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity One: Measuring with Mercalli

Materials for the teacherMaster 28, Modified Mercalli ScaleLarge Roman numerals I through XII

For each student or groupA copy of the Mercalli scale made from Master 28,Modified Mercalli ScaleA large sheet of drawing paperArt supplies-colored pencils, crayons, felt markersScissorsTape

Procedure

1. Introduce the Mercalli scale by explaining its purpose:to measure the intensity of the damage an earthquakecauses. You might want to add other information from theunit introduction. Explain that the use of Roman numer-als distinguishes Mercalli measurements from those onanother scale (The magnitude scale will be introduced inActivity Two.)

2. Teach or review Roman numerals.

3. Distribute copies of the Mercalli scale and have stu-dents take turns reading the descriptions aloud.

4. Divide students into groups and ask them to drawscenes illustrating the Mercalli numbers. Provide artsupplies. Intensity I may only require one drawing, but thehigher numbers may require more.

5. Distribute large Roman numerals I through XII aroundthe classroom wall in order from lowest to highest. Asstudents bring up their illustrations, the class will try toassign each to its correct numeral. Students may hangtheir pictures on the wall under the correct numeral.

6. Either before or after a class discussion about the.social impact of each step on the scale, have studentswrite paragraphs describing their illustrations and addthem to the wall display.

100 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Shortened Mercalli Scale

I. Only instruments detect it.II. People lying down might feel it.III. People on upper floors of build-ings will feel it, but may not know itis an earthquake.IV. People indoors will probably feelit, but those outside may not.V. Nearly everyone feels it andwakes up if they are sleeping.VI. Everyone feels the quake. It'shard to walk.VII. It's hard to stand.VIII. People will not be able to drivecars. Poorly built buildings maycollapse; chimneys may fall.IX. Most foundations are damaged.The ground cracks.X. Most buildings are destroyed.Water is thrown out of rivers andlakes.Xl. Rails are bent. Bridges andunderground pipelines are put outof service.XII. Most things are leveled. Largeobjects may be thrown into the air.

1 5 3

Page 141: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 2, Grades 3-4

earth quakein ten si tyEarthquake intensity is a measureof ground shaking based on dam-age to structures and changes feltand observed by humans. It isexpressed in Roman numerals onthe Mercalli scale.

earth quakemag ni tudeEarthquake magnitude is a mea-sure of the amount of energyreleased by an earthquake. It isexpressed in Arabic numerals onthe magnitude scale.

seis mo graphA seismograph is an instrument forrecording the motion of earth-quake waves.

seis mo gramA seismogram is a recording of thewavy lines produced by a seismo-graph.

Activity Two: Movin' with Magnitude

Materials for the teacherTransparencies made from Master 29, Several Seismo-graphs; Master 30, Seismogram Worksheet; Master 31,Earthquake Magnitudes; and Master 32, SeismogramShowing AmplitudeOverhead projector

Materials for each small groupFree-flowing overhead marker with fine tip for markingtransparencyBlank transparency sheetA light weight table or desk

Materials for each studentWorksheet of seismogram tracings made from Master 30

Procedure1. Place a blank overhead transparency on a light weighttable or desk.

2. Have students take turns as holders and shakers. Thefirst student holds the marker lightly with thumb, index,and middle fingers so it just touches the surface of thetransparency sheet. As he or she holds the marker sus-pended, the other student shakes the movable object backand forth, varying the intensity of the shaking as much aspossible. The markings that result will be similar to aseismogram. Show students the transparency of severaltypes of seismographs (Master 29) and then Master 32,Seismogram Showing Amplitude.

3. Discuss the concepts of magnitude and amplitude.(Refer to the teacher background if necessary.) Explainthat the amplitude of the earthquake waves (their heightmeasured from a fixed reference line) reflects the amountof Earth movement, and therefore the magnitude of theearthquake. Magnitude is expressed as an Arabic number.Project the transparency of Master 31, Earthquake Magni-tudes, and discuss.

4. Distribute the worksheets made from Master 30, andask students to rank the seismograms from A to D, leastamplitude to greatest.

16 0 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 101

Page 142: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

IV' Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 2, Grades 3-4

Activity Three: Little Shakes and Big Quakes

Materials for the teacherOverhead projectorTransparency made from Master 33, Earthquake SeverityWorksheet

Materials for each studentWorksheet of Master 33, Earthquake Severity WorksheetPencils

Procedure

1. Tell students that seismographs record over 3 millionearthquakes every year. They are going to estimate howmany of those cause serious damage.

2. Distribute worksheets. Have students place the num-bers from the answer section at the bottom of the sheetwhere they think they belong in the right hand column,Estimated Number per Year.

3. Project the transparency and invite students to comparetheir answers with the actual figures. Discuss their reac-tions. Ask them to write in the correct figures on their ownsheets.

4. Have students add the four lower numbers to see howmany earthquakes cause slight to serious damage everyyear (about 15,141).

102 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

ExtensionRead Steven Kellogg's "How much Is AMillion?" to the class. Measure aream of paper (500 sheets). Havestudents figure out how many reams itwould take to get a million sheets.How tall would the stack be? If youwere to type asterisks on a page, andit takes 500 asterisks to cover a pageof paper, how many pages would ittake to get to a million?

Master 33: Earthquake Severity Worksheet

Magnitudes Earthquake Effects Estimated NumberPer Year Worldwide

1.0-3.0 Generally not felt butrecorded.

3,000,000

3.1-4.0 Often felt, but onlyminor damage.

50,000

4.1-6.0 Slight damage to buildings. 15,000

6.1-6.9 Can be destructive in 120where people live.

7.0-7.9 Major earthquake. Causes 20serious damage.

8.0 or greater Great earthquake. Totaldestruction to nearbycommunities.

1

61

Page 143: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Sizing Up Earthquake Waves

Vocabulary

earthquake wavewave amplitudeearthquake intensityearthquake magnitudeseismographseismogramfocusepicenterbody wavesP- (primary) wavesS- (secondary) wavesexpansioncompression

Learning Links

Language Arts: Discussing, followingdirections, taking notes

Social Studies: Discussing effects ofearthquakes on people and structures;comparing effects to Mercalli intensity

Math: Metric measurement, computa-tion, reducing fractions, computingratios

Art: Creating models

Content Concepts1. Earthquake body waves are either primary orsecondary.

2. Earthquake waves detected by a seismograph arerecorded as seismograms.

3. Scientists can use isoseismals to compare the effectsof different earthquakes.

ObjectivesStudents will

distinguish between primary and secondary body waves(P-waves and S-waves).construct a model to simulate S-wave mot,ion.construct a model seismograph, and identify its parts.identify different amplitudes of simulated earthquakewaves by using the seismograph.draw isoseismals on a map which includes Mercalliintensity data.compare and contrast P and S wave motions using theirbody movements

AssessmentUse knowledge about seismic waves to relate this transferof energy to the amount of damage following an earth-quake.

1A.

6EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 103

Page 144: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity One: Popping P-Waves

Materials for the teacherTransparencies made from Master 34, P-Waves Motionand S-Wave Motion, and Master 10a, Earthquake TermsOverhead projector

Materials for the studentsSlinkyTM toys (One for every two students is ideal.)Sign post labeled Focus (Teacher or student volunteerscan make it ahead of time.)Safety goggles

Procedure

1. Elicit from class the defmition of an earthquake. Reviewor explain that the energy of an earthquake is released inthe form of waves. (Use Master 10a, Earthquake Terms.)Point out that all the energy moves out from the focus.

2. Divide students into pairs or groups of even numbers,depending on the number of Slinkies available. DistributeSlinkies.

3. Two students will hold each Slinky, one on either end.Instruct them to stretch it to a length between 6 and 9 feet(2 and 3 meters) on the floor or a wide work surface.

4. Ask one of each pair to compress between ten andtwenty coils and then release them rapidly. Both studentscontinue to hold the Slinky during compression andrelease.

5. Ask students to describe what they see, and let this leadinto your explanation of body waves, P-waves, and S-waves(see unit overview). Be sure to point out that the Slinky'smotion simulates the expansion and compression of P-waves.

6. Place the sign post labeled Focus in an open area of theclassroom. Have all the students compress and releasetheir Slinkies in this one area at the same moment. Thisdemonstration will help students to realize that earthquakewaves radiate in all directions from the focus.

.104 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: Metal Slinkieswill be more effective than plasticones for this activity Mark one spoton each coil with bright permanentmarker or a bit of white tape, to makeit easy for students to see the wavemotion. Also note that P-waves vibratein the direction in which they travel.Use the transparency of Master 34,P-Wave Motion and S-Wave Motion.

Children demonstrating compres-sion and expansion of P-waves

Page 145: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

fo cusThe focus, or hypocenter is theplace inside the lithosphere wherean earthquake's energy is firstreleased.

sur face wavesSurface waves are earthquakewaves that travel only on thesurface of the Earth.

bo dy wavesBody waves are earthquake wavesthat travel through the body of theEarth. They are of two types, P-waves and S-waves.

P-wavesP- (or Primary) waves are thefastest body waves, which travel bycompression and expansion.

S-wavesS- (or Secondary) waves are bodywaves which travel more slowlythan P-waves, and create elasticvibrations in solid substances.

Activity Two: The S-Wave Machine

Materials for the teacherHandout or transparency made from Master 35, TheS-Wave MachineTransparency made from Master 34, P-Wave Motion andS-wave MotionOverhead projector

Materials for each group1 shoe box without its top, or a 1- or 2-qt. paper milkcarton, cut as shownCompass point or other punching toolA rubber band long enough to stretch the length of thebox or cartonScissors2 metal washers 2 cm or larger5 to 7 metal paper clips

1 6 4EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 105

Page 146: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Procedure

1. Gather students in pairs or small groups and distributematerials. Inform students that they are going to build andoperate a device to illustrate the type of body waves calledS-waves. Project Master 35 or hand out copies. .

2. Instruct students to assemble their machines, referringto the projected illustration or the handout.a. Stand box on end and punch a small hole in the top and

bottom, near the center.

b. Cut open a rubber band and thread it through the tophole, tying the end to a washer to keep it from pullingthrough.

c, While another student holds the band stretched, threadthe free end through the bottom hole and fasten it withthe second washer. (The rubber band should be tautenough to twang when it is plucked.)

d. Attach 5 to 7 paper clips evenly along the length of theband so they are centered horizontally and they all facein the same direction. Allow the band and clips to cometo rest.

e. Pluck the band and observe the motion of the clips.

3. Ask students to describe what they see. (They'll seepaper clips swinging in all directions, at right angles to themovement of the wave up and down the rubber band.)

4. Project the wave transparency, Master 34, and explainthe motion of S-waves through the Earth in terms of thedemonstration. Point out that S-waves cause vibrationsperpendicular to the direction of their movement. Comparethis movement with the movement of P-waves.

106 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Pull the end of a cutrubber band throughthe hole and tie it toa washer.

Pull the rubberband taut throughthe hole.

6.3

Metal washer

Paper clips

Rubber band

Metal washer

Master 35. The S-Wave Machine

Teacher Take Note: To increasevisibility of wave action try theseideas: Use dark paper in the backof the box. Illuminate the box byshining a light into it (an overheadprojector light works great). As ateacher demonstration, cut out theback of a box, lay the S-wavemachine on the lighted overheadsurface. Project the enlargedsilhouette on the screen.

Page 147: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Three: Drum Rumbles

Materials for the teacherA drum (any type that's portablea coffee can will do)2 posters, one labeled S-wave and one labeled P-waveA watch that indicates seconds (Most digitals wouldwork.)

Materials for each studentA pencil and a notebook

Procedure1. Line students up single file in a long corridor indoors,or outdoors along a wall or fence.

2. Choose three volunteers: two to hold the S-Wave and P-Wave posters at a starting point (call it the focus) and oneto beat the drum.

3. Students assemble in two parallel lines: S-waves on oneside and P-waves on the other. The drummer will begin asteady beat of one tap per second. The P-wave line and S-wave line start walking: P-wave students take one step persecond and the S-wave students take one step every twoseconds for 20 seconds and stop.

4. Ask students to compare where lines ended. (P-wavestravel approximately twice as far in the same amount oftime. This 1:2 ratio approximates the 3:5.5 ratio of theactual P- and S-waves' traveling times.)

166 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 107

Page 148: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Four: Set Up a Seismograph

Materials for the teacherTransparencies made from Master 29, Several Seismo-graphs; and Master 32, Seismogram Showing AmplitudeOverhead projector

Materials for each small group of studentsThree blank sheets of paperThick-point felt markerQuart to gallon size container with handleApproximately 16 oz. of sand or waterStrong string, 1 to 3 feet (depends on student height)Table or deskTapeScissorsTiming device

Procedure

1. Inform students that they are going to build and oper-ate a simple seismograph. Display the several seismo-graphs on Master 29. Point out the basic parts they havein common: weight, support, pen, and recording paper.Give students these directions:a. Attach string to handle of container.

b. Pour the sand (or water) into the container.

c. Firmly tape the felt tip marker to the outside of thecontainer with the tip sticking out below the bottom ofthe container.

d. Hold the sand-filled container over the desk.

e. Place a sheet of paper on the desk and position thecontainer over one end of the paper with the felt mark-ing tip just touching the end of the paper. One memberof the group will hold the container in this position.

108 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

ExtensionStudents may wish to build othertypes of seismographs, such as thosedescribed in the references. Master29 suggests some possible designs,but you might be surprised at whatstudents can do on their own, withoutfollowing a pattern.

167

Page 149: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

2. While one member of the group gently shakes the table,another member gently and steadily pulls the paper underthe felt marker. Use a timing device so that the pull lastsbetween 5 to 10 seconds.

3. Have students label the sheet of paper "Gentle Shak-ing," and tell students that they have made a seismogram.

4. Ask the students to make two more seismograms,shaking the desk harder each time. Ask students tonumber the seismograms that result from 1 to 3, with 1being the most gentle shaking.

5. Explain and define "wave amplitude," using Master 32,Seismogram Showing Amplitude. Help students to mea-sure the amplitude of their own seismograms and relatethem to the degree of force with which they shook theirdesks. Ask:

How does the amplitude of the wave on the seismogram(Master 32) relate to the magnitude of the earthquake itrecords? (The higher the wave amplitude, the higher themagnitude.)

Which of your own seismograms would have thehighest magnitude? (The one with the highest ampli-tude, or the one which received the hardest shaking.)

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 109

Page 150: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

nrMeasuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

Activity Five: The Mercalli Scale -Calling Station KWAT

Materials for the teacherOverhead projectorOne copy of Master 36a, KWAT Television ScriptTransparency made from Master 28, Modified MercalliScaleTransparency made from Master 36b, Wattsville Map Key

Materials for each small group of studentsHandouts made from Master 28, Modified Mercalli ScaleHandouts made from Master 36b, Wattsville MapHandouts made from Master 36a, KWAT Television ScriptPencil and colored pens

Procedure

1. Project the transparency of Master 28, Modified MercalliScale, and distribute copies to students. Review the back-ground information about the two earthquake scales.Explain that the magnitude scale measures the amount ofenergy released by an earthquake. The Mercalli scalemeasures the observed effects (amount of damage) causedby an earthquake. Emphasize that a single earthquake willhave only one magnitude, but several measures of inten-sity. If some students in the class have experienced anearthquake, ask them to estimate its intensity from theMercalli scale.

2. Ask students to compare and contrast the differencesbetween the two types of measurements. Ask: Why do youthink magnitude is more often reported than intensity?(Most earthquake-prone areas have equipment already inplace to determine magnitude, so this measurement can bequickly established. Measures of intensity are sometimesnot arrived at until several days later, when a full estimateof the damage can be made.)

169110 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 151: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Measuring Earthquakes/ Unit IV, Level 3, Grades 5-6

3. Tell students that in this activity they will be using dataadapted from reports of an earthquake that struck Califor-nia in 1989. Distribute copies of Master 36b, WattsvilleMap. Appoint one student to be Jake Wilde, a televisionnews anchor, and tell the other students that they are thecitizens of Wattsville and the surrounding area. The townhas just been struck by an earthquake.

4. Distribute the strips cut from Master 36a, KWAT Televi-sion Script, and have students take turns reading them inorder, starting with the news anchor's report. Distributestudent copies of the script as well.

5. As each student reads a part, have the other studentslocate the site of the report on their maps, scan the Modi-fied Mercalli Intensity Scale, and mark a Mercalli intensity(using appropriate Roman numeral) in pencil next to thelocation on the map.

6. After the last student has read, have each student usea colored pen to connect areas with equal intensity ratingsto develop an isoseismal map. (They will be drawing aseries of concentric lines.)

170 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 111

Page 152: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Unit IV. Measuring EarthquakesMaterials List

Grades K-2shallow boxsand or soilpencils & papersmall blockssugar cubesLegosTM

Lincoln LogsTMpenne pastaPlay-DohTm or flubberlarge clockblackboardchalk

112 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Grades 3-4drawing papercolored pencilscrayonsfelt markersscissorstapeoverhead projectorblank transparenciesoverhead markerpencils

171.

Grades 5-6overhead projectorSlinky Tm toyssafety gogglesshoe box or 2 qt.

paper milk cartonpunching toollong rubber bandscissorsmetal washerspaper clipsdrumcolored papertiming devicepencilsnotebookspaperfelt markersquart- to gallon-size

container with handlesandstrong stringtape

Page 153: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 27

Shake Table

MaterialsBox lid or shallow box with flaps removedFlat piece of cardboard, 1" to 2" smaller than boxRubber bands (4)Paper clips (4)String, two 12" piecesSingle-hole punch or ball-point pen

Procedure

The Shake Platform

1. Punch a hole in each corner of the piece of cardboard1/2" from both edges.

2. Locate the center of one long side of the cardboardand punch a hole 1/2" from outside of edge.

3. Locate the center of one short side of the cardboardand punch a hole 1/2" from outside of edge. You nowhave a total of six holes in the cardboard.

The Shake Box

4. Punch two holes in each of the short sides of the box1" down from the top and 1" from each corner to corre-spond with the holes in the flat piece of cardboard. Younow have four holes in the box.

5. Locate the center of one long side of the box andpunch a hole 1" down from the top.

6. Locate the center of one short side of the box andpunch a hole 1" down from the top. You now have a totalof six holes in the box.

7. Attach rubber bands and secure them to the card-board by feeding them through the holes in the cornersand looping them through themselves.

8. Attach rubber bands and therefore the entirecardboard platform to the box by feeding the free endsof the rubber bands through the holes in the corners ofthe box and securing them with paper clips outside thebox (see diagram). The platform now should be sus-pended or "floating" inside the box.

9. Tie a string to the middle hole of one short side andone long side of the platform, and feed it through thecorresponding hole in the box. By pulling the stringsside-to-side, lateral shaking will be simulated.

The Shake Platform

The Shake Box

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 154: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 28

Modified Mercalli Scale

I. People do not feel any Earth movement.

A few people might notice movement ifthey are at rest and/or on the upperfloors of tall buildings.

III. Many people indoors feel movement.Hanging objects swing back and forth.People outdoors might not realize thatan earthquake is occuning.

IV. Most people indoors feel movement.Hanging objects swing.Dishes, windows, and doors rattle.The earthquake feels like a heavy truckhitting the walls.A few people outdoors may feel move-ment. Parked cars rocked.

V. Almost everyone feels movement.Sleeping people are awakened.Doors swing open or close.Dishes are broken.Pictures on the wall move.Small objects move or are turned over.Trees might shake.Liquids might spill out of opencontainers.

VI. Everyone feels movement.People have trouble walking.Objects fall from shelves.Pictures fall off walls.Furniture moves.Plaster in walls might crack.Trees and bushes shake.Damage is slight in poorly builtbuildings.No structural damage.

VII. People have difficulty standing.Drivers feel their cars shake.Some furniture breaks.Loose bricks fall from buildings.Damage is slight to moderate inwell-built buildings, considerable inpoorly-built buildings.

VIII. Drivers have trouble steering.Houses that are not bolted down mightshift on their foundations.Tall structures such as towers andchimneys might twist and fall.Well-built buildings suffer moderatedamage.Poorly-built structures suffer severedamage.Tree branches break.Hillsides might crack if the groundis wet.Water level in wells might change.

IX. Well-built buildings suffer considerabledamage.Houses that are not bolted down moveoff their foundations.Some underground pipes are broken.The ground cracks.Reservoirs suffer serious damage.

X. Most buildings and their foundationsare destroyed.Some bridges are destroyed.Dams are seriously damaged.Large landslides occur.Water is thrown on the banks ofcanals, rivers, lakes.The ground cracks in large areas.Railroad tracks are bent slightly.

XL Most buildings collapse.Some bridges are destroyed.Large cracks appear in the ground.Underground pipelines are destroyed.Railroad tracks are badly bent.

XII. Almost everything is destroyed.Objects are thrown into the air.The ground moves in waves or ripples.Large amounts of rock may move.

173EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 155: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 29

Seismographs

Rotating Drumwith Recording

Paper

Concrete Base

Support Moves

=>

This HeavyWeight Does

Not MoveMuch

Earth Moves,Horizontal Motion

IIHinge

Support Moves

Spring Flexes

Ring Stand

i. Pencil Taped---------- to Brick So

t 3 That Point TouchesRing Clamp

Counterweight (br cks)

This WeightDoes Not

Move Much

Base Moves,Vertical Motion

174 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 156: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 30

Seismogram Worksheet

Name

Rank these four seismogramsfrom least amplitudeto greatest

Least

Greatest

Four seismogramrecordings of fourdifferent earthquakes, all100 kilometers fromthe seismograph

II

.tv\

175EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 157: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 31

Earthquake Magnitude and Energy

MagnitudeTNT EnergyEquivalent

Example(approximate)

1.0 6 ounces Small blast at a construction site

1.5 2 pounds

2.0 13 pounds Average quarry blast

2.5 63 pounds

3.0 397 pounds Smallest earthquake commonly felt

3.5 1,000 pounds

4.0 6 tons Small atomic bomb

4.5 32 tons Average tornado

5.0 199 tons

5.5 500 tons Massena, NY quake, 1944

6.0 6,270 tons

6.5 31,550 tons Northridge, CA.quake, 1994

7.0 199,000 tons Hebgen Lake, MT quake, 1959

7.5 1,000,000 tons Mount St. Helens eruption, 1980

8.0 6,270,000 tons San Francisco, CA quake, 1906

8.5 31,550,000 tons Anchorage, AK quake, 1964

9.0 199,999,000 tons Chilean quake, 1960

176 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 158: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 32

Seismogram Showing Amplitude

Reference Line

18 mm ofAmplitude

(The highest wave should be

measured for amplitude.)

18 mm

Amplitude of 18 mm

Metric Ruler

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

a. I

Page 159: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 33

Earthquake Severity Worksheet

Name

Magnitudes Earthquake Effects Estimated NumberPer Year Worldwide

1.0-3.0

3.1-4.0

4.1-6.0

6.1-6.9

7.0-7.9

Generally not felt butrecorded.

Often felt, but onlyminor damage.

Slight damage to buildings.

Can be destructive in placeswhere people live.

Major earthquake. Causesserious damage.

8.0 or greater Great earthquake. Totaldestruction to nearbycommunities.

Choose which answers belong in the last column.

Answers: 20 15,000 3,000,000

120 50,000 1

1 7 8EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 160: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 34

179EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 161: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 35

The S-Wave Machine

Pull the endof a cut rubber

band through thehole and tie

it to a washer.

Pull the rubberband taut through

the hole.

Metal Washer

Paper Clips

Rubber Band

Metal Washer

180EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 162: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 36a

KWAT Television Script

Jake Wilde: "We interrupt our regularly scheduled programming on KWAT to bring you aspecial bulletin. This is KWAT news anchor, Jake Wilde. Moments ago the town of Wattsvillewas shaken by a strong earthquake. Residents in the KWAT broadcast area are invited tocall our emergency response number, 555-KWAT, and give us your name, your location, anda brief summary of what you experienced during the quake. Stay tuned for the latest reportsof what your neighbors saw and felt. To report your observations, call 555-KWAT. We havecaller number 1 on the line."

Caller 1: "Hi, this is Charles from the hospital. We only had slight to moderate damage inthe new, well-built Children's Care building. The building containing most of our recordswas old and poorly built; damage there was considerable."

Caller 2: "Hello my name is Roy, and I'm calling from the RQB Ranch. We were just sittingaround the kitchen table, when suddenly coffee sloshed out of all our cups. Several cabinetdoors opened up and dishes fell and broke."

Caller 3: "Hi, this is Carmen at Long Valley Boutique. We have a mess here. When thequake struck, it moved all of our wall displays, and all our little ceramics fell and broke."

Caller 4: "Hi Jake, I'm Susan calling from the Faithful Church. When the earthquakestruck, our bell tower collapsed."

Caller 5: "Hi. This is Jo from Southside City Junior High School. Students felt it and did thedrop, cover, and hold drill. We only had slight damage to the building, just some crackedplaster in the walls. A few pictures also fell."

Caller 6: "Hey Jake, this is Hank and I'm calling from the basement of the First Bank in thecenter of Wattsville. This old building has partially collapsed and people are trapped downhere. Please send help."

Caller 7: "Hi, this is Fernando. I work at the Sunrise Senior Center. Many of our clientswere frightened. All our supplies fell off the shelves."

Caller 8: "Hello Jake, this is Debbie. We were picnicking at the Great Bend Park. When thequake struck, it woke up Granny and we saw trees and the flagpole swaying back and forth."

Caller 9: "Hi, this is Lee Quon. When the quake hit, I was at Hot Springs Ranch visitingfriends. Nearly everyone felt it. All the doors that were open, slammed shut."

Caller 10: "Hi Jake, this is Ben. I was at Blue Lake Resort when all the cars in the parkinglot started rocking back and forth."

EARTFIQUAKES-FEMA 159

181

Page 163: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 36a

KWAT Television Script (cont'd.)

Caller 11: "Jake, this is Gene at White Water Manufacturing. All the heavy furniture in theshowroom was moved by the quake, and some of the plaster cracked and fell off the walls."

Caller 12: "Hi, this is Diana calling from Happy Slurps Ice Cream. Over here, we thoughtthat a big truck had hit the building."

Caller 13: "Hi Jake, this is Ken at River City Video. Our whole collection of tapes is on thefloor and all our posters fell off the walls."

Caller 14: "Hi, this is Maria and I'm calling from Plants-R-Us. During the quake, all ourhanging plants were swaying and all our windows were rattling."

Caller 15: "Hi Jake, this is David from Wattsville University. Everyone in our class felt thequake, and some of the older, more poorly built buildings suffered considerable damage."

Caller 16: "Hello Jake, this is Steve from the South End Mall. All the shoppers were havinga hard time standing during the quake. We had a lot of breakage, especially in our furnitureshops."

Caller 17: "Hey Jake! Jed here. Over at the Roundup Truck Stop, the trucks were shakingwith the quake. The drivers at the gas pumps had to hold on to the pumps to keep stand-ing."

Caller 18: "Hi Jake, this is Jenny. When the quake struck we were mowing lawns at theWest Side Subdivision. We saw trees and bushes shake and everyone was finding it difficultto walk."

Caller 19: "Hi Jake, this is Juan at White Water Pets. During the quake water sloshed outof all our small aquariums. That sure woke up any sleeping fish!"

Caller 20: "Hello Jake, this is Martha at the Cottage Motel. All our customers were fright-ened. Nearly all of our little cottages moved off their foundatiOns and the water level in ourwell dropped at least a foot."

Caller 21: "Hi Jake, this is Marty up at Big Bear Ski Resort. The quake rattled our dishesand windows. I saw some parked cars rocking. Most folks who were outdoors, didn't feel theshaking."

This activity was adapted from FEMA 253, Seismic Sleuths A Teacher's Package for Grades 7-12.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 164: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 36b

Wattsville Map

Name

If

+ White Water Pets

+ Sunrise SeniorCenter

+ Plants-R-Us

+White WaterManufacturing

+Wattsville University

Roundup + church + HospitalTruck Stop +Bank

+West SideSubstation

Big BearLake

Big Bear Ski Resort

+ Hot Springs Ranch

+ Cottage Motel+ South End Mall

WATISVILLE+ Southside City

Junior HS.

+ RQB Ranch

+ Happy SlurpsIce Cream

50 100

Kilometers

+ Long Valley Boutique

+ River City Video

+ Great Bend Park

183EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 165: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 36c

Wattsville Map Key

Name

+VI

+VI

N

1

+V

\

+VI

WA+VI

50 100

I I

Kilometers

+V

13213ear

+V

CallerKey

1. VII2. V3. V4. VIII5. VI6. VIII7. VI8. V9. V

10. IV11. VI12. IV13. VI14. IV15. VII16. VII17. VII18. VI19. V20. VIII21. IV

Note: Isoseismal lines and locations may vary.

184EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 166: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safetyand Survival

185

Page 167: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ear

thqu

ake

Cur

ricul

um, K

-6 -

- S

cope

and

Seq

uerf

ice

Cha

rtU

nit V

: Ear

thqu

ake

Safe

ty a

nd S

urvi

val

Part

Con

cept

Lab

orat

ory

Mat

hem

atic

sL

angu

age

Art

sSo

cial

Stu

dies

Art

1E

arth

quak

e sh

akin

g is

pos

sibl

eev

eryw

here

in th

e U

nite

d St

ates

.

Peop

le m

ay f

eel,

see,

hea

r, a

ndsm

ell t

he s

igns

of

an e

arth

-qu

ake.

Ear

thqu

akes

aff

ect p

eopl

e in

man

y w

ays.

Ear

thqu

ake

sim

ula-

tion

Des

crib

e ex

peri

ence

s

Ear

thqu

ake

voca

bu-

lary

Loc

atin

g st

ates

and

corr

espo

ndin

g le

vel

of e

arth

quak

eha

zard

s

Dem

onst

ratin

gea

rthq

uake

-saf

ebe

havi

or

Col

orin

g an

eart

hqua

ke h

azar

dm

ap

Dra

win

g pi

ctur

esor

con

stru

ctin

gdi

agra

ms

ofea

rthq

uake

dam

age

2E

very

env

iron

men

t con

tain

spo

tent

ial e

arth

quak

e ha

zard

s,

Stud

ents

can

iden

tify

haza

rds

and

elim

inat

e th

em o

r re

duce

thei

r im

pact

.

Cla

ssro

om h

azar

dhu

nt

Hom

e ha

zard

hun

t

Com

mun

ity h

a Z

ard

hunt

.

Dis

cuss

ion

and

list

mak

ing

Dis

cuss

ion

ofda

mag

e to

bui

ldin

gsca

used

by

eart

h-qu

akes

Haz

ard

hunt

and

way

s to

red

uce

dang

er

Illu

stra

tions

of

eart

hqua

keha

zard

s in

cla

ss-

room

s

3St

uden

ts c

an in

crea

se th

eir

chan

ces

for

surv

ival

in a

nea

rthq

uake

by

havi

ng e

ssen

tial

supp

lies

befo

re th

ey a

re n

eede

d.

Stud

ents

can

hel

p to

ass

embl

eem

erge

ncy

kits

of

supp

lies

for

thei

r cl

assr

oom

, hom

e, a

ndfa

mily

veh

icle

.

Stud

ents

can

hel

p to

info

rmot

hers

abo

ut e

arth

quak

e sa

fety

and

surv

ival

.

Safe

ty k

it pr

epar

a-tio

nD

isse

min

atin

gin

form

atio

n to

fam

ily a

nd n

eigh

-bo

rs

Gro

up s

olut

ions

Slog

an w

ritin

g

Dis

cuss

ion

ofes

sent

ial i

tem

sne

eded

dur

ing

evac

uatio

n

Ear

thqu

ake

safe

tyki

ts

Post

er d

istr

ibut

ion

Ear

thqu

ake

safe

typo

ster

s

4St

uden

ts c

an c

ope

with

haz

ards

duri

ng e

vacu

atio

n,

Stud

ents

are

res

pons

ible

fir

stfo

r th

eir

own

safe

ty a

nd c

anth

en h

elp

if o

ther

s ar

e in

jure

d.

Stud

ents

can

cop

e w

ith th

edi

stur

bed

envi

ronm

ent a

ndth

eir

own

emot

iona

l rea

ctio

ns.

Eva

cuat

ion

drill

Haz

ard

desc

ript

ions

Dis

cuss

ion

ofha

zard

s du

ring

evac

uatio

n

Giv

ing

aid

to th

ein

jure

d

Feel

ings

and

eve

nts

afte

r an

ear

thqu

ake

Dro

p an

d co

ver

proc

edur

es

Safe

ty k

it de

cora

t-in

g

186

187

Page 168: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safetyand Survival

Scientists cannot accurately predict when and wherean earthquake will occur. We can teach our studentswhat to expect, however and how to protect them-selves. Teaching our students to recognize an earth-quake and take immediate positive action can helpthem and those around them to come through thedisaster safely. Students can also learn to recognizeearthquakes hazards and learn how to eliminate someand avoid others. Classroom activities and discussionsprovide opportunities for students to develop pride inthe competency they have gained.

168EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 113

Page 169: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival

Earthquake Safetyand SurvivalAll 50 states and all U.S. Territories are vulnerable to thehazards of earthquakes. Earthquakes have caused, and cancause in the future enormous loss of life, injury, destruction ofproperty, and economic and social disruption.

Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977(Public Law 95-124, as amended)

Part 1: What Happens During an Earthquake?Most people caught in earthquakes have a feeling ofhelplessness. Especially if they have never experienceda quake before, they have no idea how long it is goingto last or what will happen next. In this unit you willtake your students through several steps that will helpthem know what to expect and what to do if an earth-quake occurs.

What to ExpectThe first indication of a damaging earthquake may be agentle shaking. You may notice the swaying of hangingplants and light fixtures or hear objects wobbling onshelves. Or you may be jarred first by a violent jolt(similar to a sonic boom). Or you may hear a low (andperhaps very loud) rumbling noise. A second or twolater, you'll really feel the shaking, and by this time,you'll find it very difficult to move from one place toanother. A survivor of the 1906 San Francisco Earth-quake compared the physical sensation to riding downa long flight of stairs on a bicycle.

It's important to take "quake-safe" action at the firstindication of ground shaking. Don't wait until you'recertain an earthquake is actually occurring. As theground shaking grows stronger, danger increases. Forexample:

Free-standing cabinets and bookshelves are likely totopple. Wall-mounted objects (such as clocks, maps,and art work) may shake loose and fly across the room.

114 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 170: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival

Operation A-R-R-R

Anchor1:1 Relocate

CI RefitCI Remove

Suspended ceiling components may pop out, bringinglight fixtures, sprinkler heads, and other componentsdown with them.

Door frames may be bent by moving walls and may jamthe doors shut. Moving walls may bend window frames,causing glass to shatter and send dangerous shardsinto the room.

The noise that accompanies an earthquake may causeconsiderable emotional stressespecially if studentsare not prepared to expect the noisy clamor of movingand falling objects, shattering glass, wailing firealarms, banging doors, and creaking walls. The noisewill be frightening, but a little less so if it's anticipated.

Part 2: Hazard HuntsContrary to popular imagination, an earthquake doesnot cause the Earth to open up and swallow people.Especially in the smaller earthquakes, which make upthe vast majority of all quakes, most injuries andfatalities occur because the ground shaking dislodgesloose objects in and on buildings.

Anything that can move, fall, or break when the groundstarts to shake is an earthquake hazard if it can causephysical or emotional harm.

Classrooms, homes, and all the other places wherechildren spend time indoors contain objects that couldcause injury or damage during a quake. Because stu-dents have already learned a great deal about earth-quakes in the previous lessons, they are able to identifymany of these objects themselves. They make classlists of the hazards in different settings and then workwith teachers, parents, and other adults to eliminate asmany hazards as they can.Students can remove objects that could fall and causeinjury during earthquake shaking. Those objects thatcannot be removed should be securely fastened. In theclassroom these may include fish tanks and animalcages, wall maps, models, and wheeled items such aspianos and rolling carts for audiovisual equipment. Athome, bookcases, china cabinets, and other tall furni-ture should be secured to wall studs. Hanging lamps,heavy, mirrors, framed pictures, and similar Ornamentsshould be removed or permanently fastened.

There will be some hazards in the classroom, home,and community that students will not be able to elimi-nate. Be sure they know how to avoid those things theycannot change.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 115

Page 171: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival

Part 3: Prepare and Share Emergency KitsAfter a quake you and your students may spend sev-eral days together, cut off from many of the normalsources of community support. In Part 3 of this unitthe class will devise emergency kits for several settingsand make one for the classroom. Students will alsomake posters as a way of sharing their knowledge ofearthquake preparedness.

Part 4: Earthquake Simulation and DrillDuring an earthquake, the most important thing forany child or adult to remember is the Drop and Coverdrill:

At the first indication of ground shaking, get under adesk or table, face away from windows, bend your headclose to your knees. Use one hand to hold onto the tableleg and protect your eyes with your other hand. If your"shelter" moves, move with it.

After the quake it is important to get out of the buildingand into a clear space, taking the emergency kit alongwith your roll book. In Part 4, students will point outvarious hazards that might occur in the course ofleaving the building and discuss ways of dealing withvarious obstacles.

Aftershocks may occur without warning, minutes oreven months after the major earthquake. Practice Dropand Cover on the way out of the building, and in asmany other settings as possible, until the drill becomessecond nature to you and your students.Give your students several opportunities to ask ques-tions and discuss their fears and concerns. They'llhave plenty of "what if' questions. Don't feel that youmust provide all the answers. Let your students holdproblem-solving sessions. Class and group discussionsprovide opportunities for students not only to expresstheir negative (and normal) feelings, but also to empha-size the positive skills they have gained.

91 1

116 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 172: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V. Part 1, All Grades

IMPORTANT NOTE: This unit is intended to be used by all the grades, kindergarten through sixth.Feel free to modify the materials and procedures to suit your students.

Part 1: What HappensDuring an Earthquake?

Vocabulary

Content Concepts1. Earthquake shaking is possible everywhere in the

United States.

2. Students might feel, see, hear, or smell the signs of annatural hazard earthquake.

Learning Links

ObjectivesStudents willidentify the earthquake hazard for their state.

identify hazards caused by earthquakes.demonstrate safe behavior during an earthquakesimulation.

Language Arts: Describing experi- Assessmentences

Social Studies: Locating states andcorresponding level of earthquakehazard, experiencing a simulation ofan earthquake

Art: Coloring an earthquake hazardmap, drawing, picture, or constructingdioramas of earthquake damage

Explain why, when, and (demonstrate) how to Drop andCover.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 117

Page 173: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Activity One: Size Up Your State

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 37, Earthquake HazardMap, colored according to directions in step 3 below.Overhead projector

Materials for each studentCopy of Master 37, Earthquake lizard MapCrayons or colored pencils

Procedure

1. Read and discuss the defmition of natural hazard. Ask:If an earthquake occurs in an uninhabited region and hasno impact on human beings or their property, is it ahazard? (Not for human beings, though it may be for otherlife forms.)

2. Tell students that thousands of earthquakes occur inthe United States each year. Most are too small to be feltby people. Only a few are strong enough to cause damage.

Allow students to speculate on the following questions:Are all regions of the U.S. likely to receive earthquakedamage? What states are most likely to receive earth-quake damage?

3. Tell students that earthquake shaking is possible in all50 states and all U.S. Territories. People hundreds ofmiles from the epicenter of a strong earthquake mayexperience shaking and damage.

nat u ralhoz ardAny of the range of natural Earthprocesses that can cause injury orloss of life to human beings anddamage or destroy property.

Master 37. Earthquake Hazard Map

118 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 1 93

New Jersey

Delaware

D.C.

Maryland

aSaq;e.sz,

*gin Islands

0Very HO

High

ElModerate

Low

Very Low

Page 174: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: If your school isnot in a moderate to very highearthquake hazard state, helpstudents realize that they may visitone or move to one someday. Tellthem that it is important that theylearn how to protect themselves.

Distribute a copy of Master 37, U.S. Earthquake HazardMap, along with crayons or colored pencils, to each stu-dent. Give these instructions:a. Use green to color in the states marked with a VL. In

the legend, use green to color in the box in front of theword Very Low.

b. Use blue to color in the states marked with an L. In thelegend, use blue in the box in front of the word Low.

c. Use yellow to color in the states marked with an M. Inthe legend, use yellow in the box in front of the wordModerate.

d. Use orange to color in the states marked with an H. Inthe legend, use orange in the box in front of the wordHigh.

e. Use red to color in the states marked with a VII. In thelegend, use red to color in the box in front of the wordVery High.

4. After the maps have been colored, project the overheadand conduct a class discussion around the followingquestions:

What is the earthquake hazard for our state?How many states in the U.S. are believed to be totallyfree from earthquake hazards? (none)

How many of you have favorite places to visit (on vaca-tion or to see relatives) that are in states with moderateto very high earthquake hazards?

1 9 4 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 119

Page 175: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Activity Two: Earthquake Simulation

Materials for the teacherMaster 38, Earthquake Simulation ScriptTransparency made from Master 39, Drop and CoverMaster 40, Coalinga Schools Report (teacher back-ground only)Overhead projector

Materials for the studentsDesks or tables to get underOptional items for simulation activity (chairs to rattle;pencils, books, and other objects to drop)

Procedure

1. Explain that you are going to talk through an imaginaryearthquake to help students understand what mighthappen during a real one. Display the transparency ofMaster 39, Drop and Cover, and direct students to practicethe following actions:

Get under a desk or tableFace away from windowsBend your head close to your kneesUse one hand to hold onto the table leg (approximately 6"from the floor to avoid pinching fingers) and protect youreyes with your other hand.

2. Create Special Effects. (This step is optional. If youdecide to carry it out, warn your teacher-neighbors.)Appoint student helpers for the simulation. Before thesimulation, describe what each helper should do accordingto the script.

120 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: Do not excusechildren with special needs fromparticipating in earthquake drills.Children who are blind, deaf, or haveimpaired mobility especially needexperiences which build confidencein their ability to avoid and cope withdangers. Plan with other teachersand the school nurse to determinequake-safe actions for these chil-dren.

It may not be possible for childrenwith impaired mobility to get under adesk or table. They can, however,learn to react quickly and turn awayfrom windows; move away from lightfixtures and unsecured bookcases;and use their arms or whatever ishandy to protect their heads.

.195

Page 176: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: Once you areconfident that your students havelearned and practiced the skills toprotect themselves, place yourself ina safe position (e.g., under yourdesk) during future drills. Yourstudents need to know that you toowill be safe.

3. Read the simulation, Master 38 (the first three para-graphs should take approximately 45 seconds).

4. Take time after the simulation to let students respondto the experience. Encourage them to ask questions anddiscuss their fears and concerns. .

5. Discuss what to do in various situations.

6. Practice Drop and Cover in as many other settings aspossible, until the drill becomes second nature to you andyour students. You may want to time how long it takes toget into a safe position in a safe manner (too much hastemay cause bumps and bruises).

In teaching this activity lesson, be sensitive to your stu-dents' fears and concerns, and give them chances to talkand ask questions. Let your students know that fear is anormal reaction to any danger. Remind them that theywill become less afraid when they learn how to take careof themselves if an earthquake happens.

Earthquake Safety Reminders for Students

If you're outsideStay outside.Go to an open area away from hazards.

If you're insideCrouch under a desk or table,Face away from windows,Bend your head close to your knees,Use one hand to hold onto the table leg (approximately 6" from the floorto avoid pinching fmgers) and protect your eyes with the other hand.

If no desk or table is nearby:Kneel against an interior wallFace away from windows,Bend your head close to your knees,Clasp hands on the back of your neck.

196 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 121

Page 177: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Activity Three: Know What Might Happen

Materials for the studentsPencil and paperCrayons or colored pencils

Procedure

1. Review with the students information they have learnedabout the different locations where earthquakes occur,emphasizing that earthquakes occurring where people liveis our greatest concern.

2. Tell the students that during an earthquake, the Earthbeneath their feet moves like a deck of a ship. The actualmovement of the ground, however, is seldom the directcause of injuries or deaths. Most injuries and deaths arecaused by falling objects and debris from damaged build-ings. Point out that the Earth does not split open andswallow people and homes. Emphasize that we can avoidor reduce our chances of being hurt if we know what toexpect and what to do during an earthquake.

3. Review the classroom earthquake drill, call out "Dropand Cover," and ask students to demonstrate quake-safeprocedures.

4. Read to the class descriptions of what they might see,feel, hear, or smell if they were at home during an imagi-nary earthquake.a. Before you begin to describe what may happen in a

living room, ask students to pretend they are in a safeplace in their own living room (or that of a relative orfriend).

b. After you described what may happen in the livingroom, ask students if the place they selected would keepthem safe. If some students are concerned about theirsafety, allow time for the class to discuss how to becomequake safe.

c. Repeat 4a and 4b for the bedroom and neighborhood.

197

122 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 178: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 1, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: As an alternativeactivity to the drawings, ask studentgroups to design and construct ashoebox diorama of a setting thathas been affected by an earthquake.

5. Ask the students to draw or write about what they saw,heard, and felt during the imaginary earthquake andshare with the class. If one or more of your students hadexperienced a damaging earthquake, allow them to de-scribe to the class what they saw, felt, etc.

Living Room

You might become aware of a gentle movement whichgrows stronger, or you might be jarred by a sudden joltand wonder if a truck hit your home.

You would see hanging objects swing and sway, andpossibly fall from their hooks. You might see tall pieces offurniture topple over. Plaster may drop, windows mayshatter. Electric lights may flicker and go out.

You would hear a low rumbling noise that quickly growslouder. You might also hear creaking and grumbling fromthe house itself. You might smell odors from spilled foodand liquids.

Bedroom

You would see pictures and mirrors fall and break. Thingson shelves will topple over. Water would slosh out ofaquariums. Books would fall off shelves.

You might hear the house creak and grumble. You mighthear bricks tumbling from chimneys. You might hearanimals make loud, excited noises.

Outside

You might see bricks come loose and tumble from build-ings. Separate parts of buildings such as signs and deco-rations may fall and cause damage. Water pipes may beginto leak and flood the streets.

You may hear church bells ringing, cars honking, andsirens wailing. You may smell gas, or smoke from gasolineleaks and fires.

198 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 123

Page 179: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 2, All Grades

IMPORTANT NOTE: This unit is intended to be used by all the grades, kindergarten through sixth.Feel free to modify the materials and procedures to suit your students.

Part 2: Hunt for Hazards

Vocabulary

hazardcorniceparapet

Content Concepts1. Every environment contains potential earthquakehazards.

2. Students can identify hazards and eliminate them orreduce their impact.

ObjectivesStudents willidentify potential hazards in their classroom that may

cause damage, injury, or death during an earthquake.list, and if possible, make changes in their classroom toreduce potential hazards.identify potential earthquake hazards in their homes.list, and, if possible, make changes in their homes toreduce potential hazards.

Learning Links Assessment

Language Arts: Discussing hazards andmaking lists, using and applying actionverbs, sharing information with parentsand families

Social Studies: Identifying hazardsthroughout the community on severallevels: school, home and beyond

Art: Drawing home hazards that are noton the Home Hazard Hunt worksheet

List three things you have done to make yourself, yourfamily, and/or your classmates safer from earthquakehazards .

199EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 125

Page 180: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V. Part 2, All Grades

Activity One: Classroom Hazard Hunt

Materials for the teacherTransparency made from Master 41, Fourth GradeClassroomOverhead projectorTransparency marker

Materials for each studentHandout made from Master 41, Fourth Grade ClassroomCrayons or colored pencilsHandout made from Master 42. Classroom Hazard HuntDrawing paper (optional)

Procedure

1. Review with students the definition of an earthquakehazard:

Anything that can move, fall, or break when theground starts to shake is an earthquake hazard ifit can cause physical or emotional harm.Tell students that there will be many hazards that wecannot correct, but identifying these hazards will helpus to anticipate them and avoid danger and injury.

2. Invite students to conduct a hazard hunt in theirclassroom to identify things that might hurt them duringan earthquake. Refer to Master 42, Classroom HazardHunt, to help students identify hazards.

3. Distribute Master 41, Fourth Grade Classroom. Havestudents circle or color those hazards which are found intheir classroom. Ask them to make a list of any otherhazards that are in their classroom but are not includedin the picture, or to draw their own classroom and pointout additional hazards.

126 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

haz ardAn object or situation that holds thepossibility of injury or damage.

Page 181: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V. Part 2, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: This activity willtake about 60 to 90 minutes, or longerif students modify their classroom tomake it safer during an earthquake.You may want to divide the procedurebetween two separate sessions.

4. Conduct a class discussion about the hazards youhave identified and how they might cause harm. Use theoverhead of Master 41 in your discussion.

Ask students to decide what they can do as a group tomake the room safer. Actions might include tying downobjects, moving hanging objects, placing objects onlower shelves, and so on. You may want to write thefollowing action verbs on the blackboard:

moverelocateattachfastensecuretie down

anchorreplaceremoveeliminatechange

5. If appropriate, have students spend time changing thethings they can change to make their room safer.

6. Have students make a list of things that could bechanged, but not without adult help. These might includeputting latches on cabinets, blocking wheels on the piano,and attaching cabinets to walls.

If appropriate, have students help to make thesechanges. They might want to meet with the principal orwork with the custodians to help make their room safer.

When changes can't be made, be sure students areaware of the remaining hazards, and know they mustavoid or move away from them if an earthquake occurs.

0 1 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 127

Page 182: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 2, All Grades

Activity Two: Home Hazard Hunt

Materials for the teacherTransparencies made from Master 43a, b, and c, HomeHazard Hunt WorksheetsOverhead projector

Materials for each studentHandouts made from Master 43a, b, and cHandout made from Master 44, Quake-Safe HomeChecklistPencil or pen

Procedure

1. Explain to students that there may be many possibleearthquake hazards in their homes objects that can fall,break, spill, or cause damage and injury in other ways.

2. Conduct a brainstorming session with your studentsand see how many home hazards they can think of. Listthese on the board.

3. Tell students that they are going to conduct a hazardhunt at home to identify things that might hurt them ortheir families during an earthquake. Distribute the studentworksheets. Discuss each of the pictures with the studentsand ask why the item pictured could be a hazard. Remindstudents that this sheet does not include all the possiblehome earthquake hazards just some of them.

4. Instruct students to take the worksheets home and haveother children and their parents or guardians join them inlooking through the house for hazards. Some hazards mayexist in more than one place. Give these instructions:a. Put a check in the box beneath every hazard you find in

your home. (If the hazard occurs more than once, stu-dents may write a total number in the box instead of acheck.)

b. If you can, write the name of the room(s) in which thehazard is located.

202128 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: How you use theQuake-Safe Home Checklist willdepend on the grade level of yourstudents. K-2 teachers may want toadapt this sheet.

Page 183: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 2, All Grades

ExtensionSince homes without young childrenalso need to be prepared for earth-quakes, you and the class mightexplore ways of disseminating theQuake-Safe Home Checklist to othermembers of your community. Whatabout grocery stores, communitycenters, libraries and churches?Students may have other ideas.

c. On a separate piece of paper or on the back of theworksheets, list or draw any potential earthquake haz-ards that are found in your home but are not on the list.

d. Bring your completed worksheets back to class.

5. Conduct a classroom discussion about the hazards thatstudents found in their homes. Especially discuss hazardsthey identified that were not on the list. You may want touse transparencies of the home hazard worksheets duringyour discussions.

6. Explain to students that now that they have identifiedearthquake hazards in their homes they can take action toreduce their danger. Emphasize that there are some ac-tions they can take which cost little or no money, whileother actions will cost quite a bit and will have to be doneby adults.

7. Distribute copies of the Quake-Safe Home Checklist(Master 44) to students. Discuss the items on the list.Determine which changes can be made easily and whichwill be more difficult. Again, emphasize that this list doesnot include everything that can be done to make a homesafer.

8. Have students take the list home to discuss with theirfamilies. Families may decide which changes could bemade immediately in their homes and which ones will haveto wait. Encourage students to help their parents in anyway possible to make the changes that can be made. Asyou did in Activity One, remind students that they willhave to be responsible for avoiding the hazards they can-not remove.

9. You may want the children to bring back the completedchecklists so they can have a follow-up discussion in class.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 129

Page 184: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 2, All Grades

Activity Three: Community Hazard Hunt

Materials for the teacherTransparencies made from Master 45, NeighborhoodHazard HuntOverhead projectorTransparency marker

Materials for each studentHandouts made from Master 45, Neighborhood HazardHuntCrayons or colored pencilsHandouts made from Master 46, Safety Rules for Shoppers(Older students) Handouts made from Masters 47a, b,and c, Community Hazard Hunt

Procedure

1. Review materials from Unit Four about ways in whichground shaking from earthquakes can damage buildings.Remind students that the movement of the ground duringan earthquake seldom causes death or injury. Most deathsand injuries from earthquakes are caused by falling debrisfrom damaged buildings.

Building damage can include:Toppling chimneysFalling brick from walls and roof decorations, such asparapets and cornices. (Show pictures or draw pictures ofthese decorations; or if they're attached to your schoolbuilding, point them out to the students.)Collapsing exterior walls, falling glass from brokenwindows.

Damage inside the building can include:Falling ceiling plaster and light fixturesOverturned bookcases (Have students mention some ofthe hazards they discovered in Activities One and Two.)

130 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

cor niceThe exterior trim of a structure atthe meeting of the roof and wall

par a petA part of a wall which is entirelyabove the roof.

Parapet

Cornice

UL., VVVVV V VVVVVVVVV 00..11,0311./ V

2 0 4

1 I-

Page 185: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 2, All Grades

In the community, earthquake ground shakingcan cause:

Downed power linesDamage to bridges, highways, and railroad tracksFlooding from dam failures, damage to reservoirs andwater towersFires from spilled gasoline and other chemicalsLiquefaction and landslidesWater sloshing in ponds, pools, etc.Tsunami (in coastal areas)

2. Sum up: There are many things in our environmentthat could cause us harm during an earthquake. Therewill be many hazards that we cannot correct, but identify-ing these hazards will help us to anticipate them andavoid danger and injury.

3. Distribute copies of Master 45, Neighborhood HazardHunt.

4. Use an overhead of Master 45 and ask students to usered pencils to circle everything they see that could comeloose and cause damage during an earthquake. Share anddiscuss answers.

5. Distribute copies of Master 46, Safety Rules for Shop-pers. Discuss the rules in class then ask students to takethe page home and share it with their families.

6. For older students: Distribute copies of Masters 47a,b, and c, Community Hazard Hunt. Challenge students toidentify the hazards. Follow up with a class discussion.

205 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 131

Page 186: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 3, All Grades

IMPORTANT NOTE: This unit is intended to be used by all the grades, kindergarten through sixth.Feel free to modify the materials and procedures to suit your students.

Part 3: Prepare and Share

Learning Links

Language Arts: Reaching consensus ina group, copying lists of kit materials,writing preparedness slogans

Social Studies: Sharing kit lists withfamilies, discussing ways to inform theconununity about quake-safe actions,distributing posters

Art: Planning and decorating theclassroom kit, making safety posters

Content Concepts1. Students can increase their chances for safety andsurvival in an earthquake by having essential suppliesassembled before they need them.

2. Students can help to assemble emergency kits of sup-plies for their classroom, home, and family vehicle.

3. Students can help to inform others about earthquakesafety and survival.

ObjectivesStudents will

demonstrate an awareness of responsibility for theirown well-being and the well-being of others during anemergency.list items to include in classroom, home, and vehicleemergency kits.list uses for the kits in emergencies other than anearthquake.prepare an emergency kit for their classroom.take home lists of suggestions for home and vehiclekits.make posters illustrating what they have learned, anddistribute them around the school and community.

AssessmentList three things you would want in your emergency kit,and explain why you want to include them.

206EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 133

Page 187: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Suryival/ Unit V, Part 3, All Grades

Activity One: Brainstorming

Materials for the teacherBlackboard and chalk

Procedure

1. Review the earthquake hazard hunts in Part 2 of thisunit to be sure students have a clear idea of the mostcommon earthquake hazards.

2. Remind the students that they may have to evacuatetheir school, home, or other location after an earthquake.If this happens, they will want to have some essentialitems in a convenient place, ready to pick up and take.

3. Invite students to name some things they could nottake with them if they had to leave their houses in ahurry. Take suggestions for only about five minuteskeeping the mood light. This exercise should help youngchildren, in particular, to see the difference betweenessential and nonessential items

4. Now invite students to name some thing they reallyneed to have in order to live. Write suggestions on theblackboard or overhead. After food and water have beennamed, there will be differences of opinion on the remain-ing items. Remind students to choose things that can beeasily carried and have more than one use.

5. Ask the class:Which of these things should we have ready in theclassrooms? (Make a classroom list.)

Which of them should we have at home? (Make a homelist.)

Which of them should we have in the family car, van, orother vehicle? (Make a vehicle list.)

6. When the class has reached agreement on a number ofitems, invite them to brainstorm one more list: a list ofemergencies other than an earthquake for which their listof supplies would be appropriate. Accept all answers anddiscuss them briefly.

134 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: Taking an activerole in preparedness will helpstudents to deal with their naturaland reasonable fear of earthquakesNevertheless, tears and anxieties areinevitable, even among older chil-dren who have learned to hide theiremotions. Express your own con-cerns openly, and let students knowthat it's normal to be afraid.

207

Page 188: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 3, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: Students mightvisit local businesses to requestdonations of the pack itself and itscontents. This would be a way toinvolve the community in earthquakepreparedness.

Activity Two: Create a Kit

MaterialsInexpensive backpack or other ample container withshoulder strapsArt suppliesWriting paper and pencilsItems for the kit (will vary)

Procedure

1. Tell students that they are going to assemble an easy-to-carry kit which can be kept in the classroom for emer-gencies. Ask them to suggest appropriate containers, orshow them an inexpensive backpack obtained for thispurpose.

2. Invite students to identify essential items for the class-room kit. Emphasize that the kit must be "easy to cany."Write their suggestions for a final list on the blackboard.

Essential items for the kit will include:bottled water and cups (Use plastic containers to cutweight, avoid breakage.)class roster with students names and addressesfirst aid checklist and suppliesflashlight and spare batteries

Other items might include:pocket transistor radio and spare batteriespaper and penspermanent markercolored flag to summon aidplaying cards and pocket gameshard candy and other compact, durable foodstrash bags (for raincoats, ground cloths, etc.)

208 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 135

Page 189: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 3, All Grades

3. Divide the class into teams and assign responsibilitiesto each team. Roles might include:a. Decorators: design and produce a logo or other distinc-

tive decoration and fasten it to the kit.

b. Listmakers: copy the class list from the board oroverhead (see Part 3, Activity One, Step 5) neatly andwith correct spelling, and fasten it to the inside oroutside of the container as a checklist. Also provide acopy to the suppliers.

c. Suppliers: decide which items on the list are already inthe classroom, which will have to be purchased, andwhich can be brought from home. With the teacher'shelp, arrange for supplies to be bought or brought.

4. Invite the school nurse or someone from the Red Crossor the Fire Department to visit the classroom and discussfirst aid procedures. After this visit the students may wantto assemble a small medical kit and add it to their emer-gency supplies.

5. When the kit is completed, decide where to keep it.Explain that the teacher will carry the kit during evacua-tion drills or acLual evacuations.

o 9

136 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 190: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 3, All Grades

Safety ChantIf inside, drop and cover.That's where you'll be safe.If outside, stay outside.Find an open space.

Activity Three: Poster Party

Materials for each small groupPoster boardArt suppliesPencils and scrap paper for rough drafts

Procedure

1. Read the chant to your class. Repeat the chant with thewhole class several times, then ask students to createhand motions to accompany it. Suggest combinations ofclapping, finger snapping, and patting on legs. As indi-vidual students work out their own rhythmic combina-tions, encourage them to demonstrate to the class so allcan learn the same motions.

2. Tell students that now that they have learned a greatdeal about earthquakes and earthquake preparedness,they have a responsibility to share their knowledge. Oneway of doing this is to make a set of posters and put themin places where they will be seen. Each poster wouldfeature the word Earthquake and a reminder of somequake-safe action. Ask them to suggest appropriate slo-gans. These might include:

Where's Your Emergency Kit?

Drop and Cover

If Outside, Stay Outside

Keep Calm--Self Control is Contagious

After the Quake, Evacuate

210EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 137

Page 191: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 3, AU Grades

3. Divide students into small groups, and have each groupagree on the slogan they want to illustrate.

4. Distribute materials. Suggest that each group work outa rough version of their poster first, allowing everyone tohave input into the design. If necessary, suggest ways forgroup members to share the execution of the poster:perhaps one student lettering, one sketching the design inpencil, and another painting.

5. When the posters are finished, discuss places to displaythem other than the classroom. Placing them in thehallways or the cafeteria would spread the message toother grades.

6. Encourage students to take on the role of teacher andhelp their families learn how to take care of themselves.Many adults believe there is nothing they can do to protectthemselves. This belief stems from lack of knowledge. Wecan't do anything to prevent earthquakes, but we canlearn to increase our safety. We can help ourselves andothers to do many things that will make our homes andschools safer.

ExtensionStudents might make arrangements todisplay some of the posters in stores,libraries, and other public places.

21138 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 192: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

IMPORTANT NOTE: This unit is intended to be used by all the grades, kindergarten through sixth.Feel free to modify the materials and procedures to suit your students.

Part 4: Evacuation Drill

Learning Links

Language Arts: Writing and readinghazard descriptions, discussinghazards and coping strategies, discuss-ing and writing (older children) aboutwhat happens after an earthquake.

Social Studies: Practicing Drop andCover and evacuation procedures,discussing responsibility for one's ownsafety in an emergency, and what canbe done for others.

Content Concepts1. Students can cope with hazards during evacuation.

2. Students are first responsible for their own safety, butalso can help if others are injured.

3. After an earthquake, students can cope with the dis-turbed environment and their own emotional reactions.

ObjectivesStudents willidentify hazards they might find during evacuation.

describe ways of helping others who are injured duringearthquakes.describe feelings they might have and dangers theymight face after an earthquake.

AssessmentDraw a person you saw doing something helpful after anearthquake.

0 12EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 139

Page 193: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

Activity One: Get Ready, Get Set

Materials for teacher and studentsMaterials and procedure for earthquake drill,Transparency of Master 39, Drop and CoverOverhead projectorIndex cards

Procedure

1. Review classroom earthquake drill procedures withstudents and have them practice Drop and Cover. Youmay choose to do the drill without using the simulationscript (Master 38) this time.

2. Take the class to the cafeteria and school library anddiscuss quake-safe actions to take in each of these set-tings. Have the children demonstrate those actions.

3. Tell students that during an earthquake it's importantto stay where they are and take immediate quake-safeaction. After the ground stops shaking, students willcheck themselves and their neighbor; and listen quietly forinstructions. Explain some of the hazards that may existeven after the major quake has passed, including after-shocks, fires, live electrical wires, and fumes.

Earthquake Safety Reminders for Students

Teacher Take Note: Point out tostudents that as they are evacuating,the most dangerous places aredirectly under and next to theexterior doors. Therefore, studentsshould move swiftly beyond thisarea. Check to be sure your open-space assembly area is safe. Itshould be away from electricalwires, metal fences, buildings,underground utility lines. Yourschool custodian will help you locatethe latter.

If you're inside:Crouch under a desk or table,Face away from windows,Bend your head close to your knees,Use one hand to hold onto the table leg (approximately 6" from the floorto avoid pinching fingers) and protect your eyes with the other hand.

If no desk or table is nearby:Kneel against an interior wallFace away from windows,Bend your head close to your knees,Clasp hands on the back of your neck.

If you're outsideStay outside.Go to an open area away from hazards.

140 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 21 3

Page 194: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

fore shockA foreshock is an earthquakewhich comes before the mainquake and is less severe.

af ter shockAn aftershock is an earthquakewhich follows a major quake andis less severe.

4. Walk the class through your regular fire drill route toan open area outdoors that you have chosen in advance.Ask students to make mental notes as they go along ofthings that might become hazards during an earthquake,and share their ideas when you reach your designatedsite. Write each appropriate suggestion on an index card.The list of possible hazards may include:

power failure (Is there emergency lighting available?)halls or stairways cluttered with debris (Are there lockersor trophy cabinets along hallways that could fall andblock your path?)smoke in the hallwayan exit door that jams and will not openan aftershock (Students should stop walkingimmediately and begin Drop and Cover.)bricks, glass, and debris outside the doorwayelectrical wires fallen on the ground

5. Return to the classroom. Hand one of the students anindex card with a description of a hazard. Discuss thishazard and its impact on evacuation. Continue handingout the cards, one at a time, until all the hazards havebeen discussed. Give students an opportunity to expressideas about how they can cope with the hazards andevacuate safely.

6. Explain to the class that if there is a strong earthquake,each student's first responsibility is his or her own safety.However, every student can learn what to do to help ifsomeone else is injured. Present some "What if" questionsfor discussion. What would you do if:

A student or teacher were injured? (If someone isinjured and can't walk, don't move the person unlessthere is immediate danger of fire or flooding. Instead,place a sturdy table carefully above the person toprevent further injury. Then go for help.)

Someone was cut by shattered glass and is bleeding?(Even the youngest child can learn to apply pressure tothe wound.)

Someone is hit by a falling lamp or a brick? (If theperson is conscious and able to walk, take him or herto an individual in charge of first aid. Even if the personappears to be unhurt, have someone stay nearby toreport signs of dizziness or nausea.)

214 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 141

Page 195: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

Activity Two: Put It All Together

Materials for teachers and studentsChairs and other objects as needed to simulateearthquake obstaclesClassroom emergency kitPaper and pencilsMaster 48, Drill and Evacuation Checklist

Procedure

1. Tell students that you are going to conduct an evacua-tion drill. Have them help you devise a way to simulatehazards (fallen lockers/cabinets) along the hallway beforethe drill.

2. Back in the classroom, library, or cafeteria, call outEarthquake! Students (and you) should take quake safepositions immediately, without any further direction.Remind students that a teacher or other adult may not bewith them when an actual earthquake occurs.

3. After 45 seconds, while students remain in quake-safeposition, briefly review the evacuation procedure. If it'scold, and students coats are in the room, instruct them toquietly and quickly pick up their coats before leaving theroom. Ask students not to put the coats on until they areoutside. If an aftershock occurs along the way, they mayneed to place them over their heads.

4. Give the instruction Evacuate!, and proceed throughthe building evacuation route. Take along your classroomemergency kit (See Part 3, Activity 2 of this unit).

5. When the class is assembled outside, take roll. Use theDrill and Evacuation Checklist on Master 48 to evaluatethe procedure. If errors were made, plan with students tocorrect them, and repeat the drill if necessary. But re-member to emphasize the students' successes, not theirshortcomings.

6. If weather permits, continue this activity outdoors: ifnot, return to the classroom, but ask students to pretendthey're still outside. Set the stage:

We have just experienced a strong earthquake. Everyone of you knew what to do to protect yourself. Some ofus received a few bruises, but no one was seriouslyhurt. We managed to evacuate the school building. Wemoved slowly because it was difficult to walk throughthe debris in the halls [and stairwells]. Now we're safelyoutside and wondering what will happen next.

142 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Teacher Take Note: Physical reac-tions to an actual earthquake mayinclude nausea and vomiting, orbladder and bowel incontinence.Even the simulation may triggerphysical reactions in a few children.You may want to make discreetpreparations to deal with thispossibility.

Teacher Take Note: Since we neverknow until the shaking has stoppedwhich quakes are foreshocks oraftershocks and which is the mainevent, it is essential to Drop andCover at the first sign of a quake.

2 1 5

Page 196: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Earthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

Teacher Take Note: There is noguarantee that emergency medical orfire personnel will be available toyour school immediately after anearthquake, local emergency teamswill be severely overtaxed. It may be24 to 48 hours before assistancearrives. Anticipating a delay in beingreunited with their families anddiscussing ways of coping will helpstudents deal with their feelings ofseparation and isolation.

Extensions1. Distribute copies of Master 49,Home Earthquake Safety checklist.Encourage students to go over thelist with their parents.

2. With older children, you may wantto spend extra time discussingspecific things they could to do toassist in cleanup and repair workafter an earthquake. However, besure you also emphasize the limits towhat young people can safely under-take, and the precautions they mustobserve, such as wearing shoes andsturdy gloves when sweeping upbroken glass.

7 . Lead a discussion with students which includes thefollowing questions and considerations:

Our class is all together in the schoolyard. How do wefeel? (It is normal to feel scared, worried, or physicallysick, and to feel like crying or laughing. It helps to talkabout how we feel.)

What could we do for ourselves and each other to helpus feel better? (Take a couple of deep breaths to helpourselves stay calm. Hold hands or hug to comfort eachother. Talk softly until we're asked to listen to instruc-tions.)

Because we experienced a strong earthquake, we knowthere must be a lot of damage within our community.We can hear sirens from police cars, fire trucks, andambulances. We can also hear horns honking, andimagine traffic jammed up all over town.

It may take a long time for parents to get to school. Howwould you feel if you had to stay at school for manyhours, or even for two or three days? (Children inemergency situations worry about being separated fromparents. They're concerned about their parents safetyand that of their friends and pets. Allow students todiscuss these concerns.)

What are some things we can do to help care for eachother and keep busy? (Older students might want tohelp take care of younger ones from other classes.Perhaps they can think of appiopriate activities.)

When you get home, what are some jobs you can do tohelp clean up and get things back to normal? (Discusssome of the dangers and how to work safely. Specificguidelines will be up to parents.)

How can we prepare for aftershocks? (Stress the Dropand Cover procedure once again, and review the hazardchecks from Part 2 of this unit.)

8. Have students write a story or draw a picture sequenceabout "What I Did After the Earthquake."

216EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 143

Page 197: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

VEarthquake Safety and Survival/ Unit V, Part 4, All Grades

Evacuation Guidelines for TeachersThe teacher makes the decision to stay put, evacuate, ordelay evacuation based on the school policy and his/herevaluation of the situation. Communication systems maybe out, and no one else knows the situation in the class-room like the teacher. Immediately after the ground stopsshaking, the teacher makes a quick assessment of thesituation in the classroom. Any of the following requireimmediate evacuation: fire, damage to structure, or haz-ardous materials spill. The teacher makes a quick assess-ment of injuries to students. Unless there is a fire, severedamage to structure, or hazardous materials spill, theteacher uses first aid for critical injuries. The teacherchecks with his/her buddy teacher. It may be necessary toevacuate that teacher's class also. The teacher takes aquick look at the evacuation route from the classroom tobe sure that it appears clear. In most cases, the teacherwill wait until composure has been reached before direct-ing the class to evacuate. The goal is a safe evacuationwhich is not necessarily the quickest possible evacuation.

In some situations, there are good reasons for either notevacuating, or delaying evacuation. For example, if thereis a slight shaking with no apparent damage, it may bemore dangerous to move the students outside because ofsevere weather.

0 4 rA., 7

144 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 198: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Unit V. Earthquake Safety and Survival

Materials List

Grades K-6crayons or colored pencilsbackpackart suppliesitems for safety kitposter boardpaperclassroom emergency kitindex cardsoverhead projectortransparency markerspencils or pens

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159 145

Page 199: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ver

mon

t

\ \55

,.5 \5

5,S

outh

Dak

ota

s\ \\5

5, ,5

\\ \ .5

\

New

Ham

pshi

re

Mas

sach

uset

ts

Afr

,,-47

Rho

de Is

land

Con

nect

icut

55,.5

\.5

\ ,5

\.,5\

,5\ .

5 \5

\\ \

55,

\\\ \

.\\ .\

\5\

.5 \5

\ .\\.

5\\5

\\

\55.

.55,

5\\S

\.5

5,5\

.5 \5

\ \\\\

.5.

.5 \5

5,,,,

\.\\ .

5,...

,5\

\.,\

\.5\

\\\ \5

\ .\\..

.\\\\

Tex

as

oga

cs, otO

Haw

aii

Gua

m(M

DP

uert

o R

ico

New

Jer

sey

Del

awar

e

D.C

.

Mar

ylan

d

Virg

in Is

land

s

A FV

ery

Hig

h

Hig

h

Mod

erat

e

Low

Ver

y Lo

w

2 1

9

Page 200: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 38

Earthquake Simulation Script

Imagine that you hear a low, rumbling sound. The noise builds, gettinglouder and louder. Then WHAM! There's a terrific jolt. You feel likesomeone suddenly slammed on the brakes in the car, or like a truckjust rammed into the side of the building. You hear someone say...

Earthquake! Drop and cover.

The floor seems to be moving beneath you. You might feel like you'reriding a raft down a fast river. The building is creaking and rattling.Books are falling from the bookcase. Hanging lamps and plants areswaying. Suddenly a pot falls to the floor and smashes. A windowpanejust shattered, and glass is falling to the floor. The table is sliding, youhold on to it and move with it.

Pictures are moving on their nails. One just fell off the wall and crashedto the floor. The lights begin to flicker on and off... the lights, just wentout! Now the door swings back and forth on its hinges. Bang! It slamsshut.

[a few moments of silence]

The building is still now. The alarm is still wailing. In the distance youcan hear helicopters flying overhead. In the distance you hear sirensfrom police cars and fire engines.

Please remain quiet. You may come out from under your desk. Checkyourself and your neighbor to make sure you are both unhurt.

[roll call optional]

When it is safe to leave the building, I am going to lead you outside toan open space. Stay together, and be ready to take cover again at anymoment because the shaking may start again. Be prepared for after-shocks after the earthquake has stopped.

2 2 1EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 201: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 39

22. 2EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 202: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 40

Coalinga Schools Report

At 4:42 p.m. on Monday, May 2, 1983, an earthquake registering 6.5 on the Richter scalestruck the Coalinga area. Seconds later there was an aftershock of 5.0 Richter magnitude.Coalinga has three elementary schools, one junior high, and one high school, servingapproximately 1,900 students. The school buildings were constructed between 1939 and1955. They contain 75 classrooms, plus gymnasiums, auditoriums, libraries, andmultipurpose rooms.Superintendent Terrell believes that death and serious injury would have occurred if schoolhad been in session. The following is an account of the nonstructural damage to theseschools:

WindowsLarge windows received and caused the most damage. The 31-year-old junior hi:gh libraryhad glass windows approximately 2.40 m X 3.04 m (8 X 10 ft.) on the north and south walls.The glass was not tempered. All windows imploded and littered the room with dagger-shapedpieces of glass. Floor tiles and wooden furniture were gouged by flying splinters.

Lighting FixturesApproximately 1,000 fluorescent bulbs fell from their fixtures and broke. All of the fixtures inthe elementary schools came down, and many in other buildings. None of the hangingfixtures had safety chains. Glass in the older recessed fixtures was shaken out and broken.

CeilingsImproperly installed T-bar ceilings came down. Glued ceiling tiles also fell, especially aroundvent ducting and cutouts for light fixtures.

Basements and Electrical SupplyWater pipes which came into the buildings through concrete walls were severed by themovement of the walls. Basements were flooded to five feet.Since all electrical supply and switching mechanisms for these buildings were in thebasements, all of them were destroyed by water.

Chemical SpillsIn the second-floor high school chemistry lab, bottles of sulfuric acid and other chemicalsstored in open cabinets overturned and broke. Acid burned through to the first floor.Cupboard doors sprang open and glass cabinet doors broke, allowing chemicals to spill.Because there was no electric ventilation, toxic fumes permeated the building.

Furnishings and Miscellaneous ItemsFile cabinets flew across rooms; freestanding bookcases, cupboards, cabinets, and shelvesfell over.

Machine shop lathes and presses fell over.

Typewriters flew through the air.Metal animal cages and supplies stored on top of seven-foot cabinets crashed to the floor.

Movie screens and maps became projectiles.Storage cabinets in the high school had been fastened to the wall with molly bolts, butthey were not attached to studs. They pulled out of the wall and fell to the floor with theircontents.

(Based on a report prepared by E. Robert Bulman for Charles S. Terrell, Jr., superintendent for schoolsfor San Bernadino County, Cal(fornia)

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 203: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 41

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 204: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 42

Classroom Hazard Hunt

Name

Check box if YES

1. Free-standing cabinets, bookcases, and wall shelves aresecured to structural support

2. Heavy objects are removed from shelves above the heads ofseated students.

n 3. Aquariums and other potentially hazardous displays arelocated away from seating areas.

4. The TV monitor is securely fastened to a stable platform orit is attached securely to a rolling cart with lockable wheels.

5. The classroom piano is secured against rolling during anearthquake.

n 6. Wall mountings are secured to prevent them from swingingfree during an earthquake.

7. All hanging plants are in lightweight, unbreakable pots andfastened to closed hooks.

9 0 6 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 205: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 43a

Home Hazard Hunt Worksheet

0 1 . china cabinet

Name

E 5. hanging plant

4El 2. tall knickknack shelves El 6. mirror on wall

0 3. bookshelves

4. tall, heavy table lamp

0 7. heavy objects on wall shelves

8. window air conditioner

227 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 206: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 43b

Home Hazard Hunt Worksheet

Name

LI 9. hanging lamp or chandelier ID 13. heavy picture above bed

0 10. unsecured TV oncart with wheels

[.1 11. bed by big window

LI 12. heavy objects on shelvesabove bed

:114. hanging light above bed

LI 15. cabinet doors not fastened

LI 16. medicine cabinet doorsnot fastened

9 0 Q,EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 207: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 43c

Home Hazard Hunt Worksheet

Name

El 17. fireplace bricks

018. unattached water heater

ofte

-1.ata75=.21.2

0 19. chimney

0 20. gas stove with rigid feed line

El 21. heavy wall clock

0 22. house not bolted to foundation

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 1590 n

Page 208: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 44

Quake-Safe Home Checklist

Name

1. Place beds so that they are not next to large windows.

El 2. Place beds so that they are not right below hanging lights.

El 3. Place beds so that they are not right below heavy mirrors.

El 4. Place beds so that they are not right below framed pictures.

El 5. Place beds so that they are not right below shelves with lots of things that can fall.

Ej 6. Replace heavy lamps on bed tables with light, nonbreakable lamps.

n 7. Change hanging plants from heavy pots into lighter pots.

LII 8. Used closed hooks on hanging plants, lamps, etc.

El 9. Make sure hooks (hanging plants, lamps, etc.) are attached to studs.

Ei 10. Remove all heavy objects from high shelves.

11. Remove all breakable things from high shelves.

El 12. Replace latches such, as magnetic touch latches on cabinets, with latches that willhold during an earthquake.

ri 13. Take glass bottles out of medicine cabinets and put on lower shelves.(PARENT NOTE: If there are small children around, make sure you use child-prooflatches when you move things to lower shelves.)

El 14. Remove glass containers that are around the bathtub.

LI 15. Move materials that can easily catch fire so they are not close to heat sources.

16. Attach water heater to the studs of the nearest wall.

fl 17. Move heavy objects away from exit routes in your house.

LI 18. Block wheeled objects so they cannot roll.

19. Attach tall furniture such as bookshelves to studs in walls.

20. Use flexible connectors where gas lines meet appliances such as stoves, waterheaters, and dryers.

El 21. Attach heavy appliances such as refrigerators to studs in walls.

n 22. Nail plywood to ceiling joists to protect people from chimney bricks that could fallthrough the ceiling.

23. Make sure heavy mirrors are well fastened to walls.

24. Make sure heavy pictures are well fastened to walls.

25. Make sure air conditioners are well braced.

26. Make sure all roof tiles are secured.

27. Brace outside chimney.

28. Bolt house to the foundation.29. Remove dead or diseased tree limbs that could fall on the house.

230 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 209: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 45

Neighborhood Hazard Hunt

Name

F/4

.0"oreII 00.00

.01

a

.

c=>

via

art4 MINIo

11111111111

flo

Vow

Ca

c o

;

4te

a

arTilrir

'alko.

4)))\itadoste-

11121131I 11.

%fv%

41

CS

oo

0

MINMOM

'4S1MI%

771

- 2 -4u - -

/4.

doo

2 3

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 210: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 46

Safety Rules for Shoppers

If an earthquake occurs while you are shopping:

1. Do not rush for exits or doors. Injuries occur when people panicand try to leave all at the same time.

2. Move away from windows.

3. Do not use elevators. The electricity may shut off suddenly.

4. Move away from shelves that may topple or could spill theircontents when they fall.

5. Try to move against an inside wall.

6. Drop and cover:Get under a table, counter, or bench.Turn away from windows.Put both hands on the back of your neck.Tuck your head down.If your shelter moves, hold onto the legs and travel with it.

7. After the shaking has stopped, calmly walk out of the buildingto a safe area out§ide, away from buildings.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 211: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

o.. ,

HIG

H T

EN

SIO

N,

lEkE

LEC

TR

IC P

OW

ER

LIN

ES

fc_

NU

CLE

AR

PO

WE

R P

LAN

T

BR

OW

N'S

FA

RM

233

234

Page 212: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

236

235

Page 213: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

-

tia--

1 S

WIM

MIN

G P

OO

LS

bGA

S S

TA

TIO

NS

GR

AD

E S

CH

OO

L

OIL

AN

D G

AS

ST

OR

AG

E

AIR

PO

RT

141

CH

UR

CH

II.a

FA

RM

LA

ND

RM

.=M

OM

Axi

FLO

OD

PLA

IN

FO

OD

ST

OR

ES

MA

IN N

AT

UR

AL

GA

S P

IPE

LIN

E

PO

LIC

ES

TA

TIO

N

\C

AM

P G

RO

UN

D

1111

1HP

AR

KIN

G A

RE

AS

FA

ST

FO

OD

4444

+44

444

4444

++

4444

ST

AD

IUM

RA

ILR

OA

D

HIG

H T

EN

SIO

NE

LEC

TR

IC-

- - - -

PO

WE

R L

INE

Srm

LIB

RA

RY

WA

TE

R C

AN

AL

BR

IDG

ES

AlT

AP

LAY

GR

OU

ND

4 *

44 4

4F

OR

ES

T

FIR

E H

OU

SE

SH

OP

PIN

GC

EN

TE

R

HO

SP

ITA

L

nrn

HO

US

ES

WA

TE

R T

OW

ER

237

233

Page 214: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 48

Drill and Evacuation Checklist

Check box if YES

n 1. Did everyone know what to do when told to Drop and Cover?

O 2. Did everyone follow the procedure correctly?

3. In the classroom, the library, or the cafeteria, was thereenough space for all the students under desks, tables, orcounters?

0 4. In the gym or in the hallways, were students able to takeshelter away from windows, light fixtures, trophy cases, andother hazards?

0 5. Do students know how to protect themselves if they are on theplayground during an earthquake? If they are in a school busor a car?

n 6. Did everyone remain quietly in their safe positions for at least60 seconds?

7. Did students with special needs participate in the drill andevacuation?

El 8. Did we remember to take our emergency kit and class rosterwhen we evacuated the classroom?

O 9. Did everyone go to the safe outdoor area in an orderly way?

D m If we had to change our evacuation route to get to the safearea, did we make wise decisions?

239EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 215: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Master 49

Home Earthquake Safety

1. As a family, determine the safest spots in each room of your home:under heavy pieces of furniture such as tables or desks, in doorways(but be careful of doors slamming shut), and in inside corners.

2. Determine the danger spots in each room. These include any place near:windows bookcaseslarge mirrors china cabinetshanging objects stovesfireplaces

If you're cooking, remember to turn off the stove beforetaking cover.

3. Discuss, then practice what to do if an earthquake happens while you'reat home. (Children who have practiced safe procedures are more likelyto stay calm during an actual earthquake.)

Drop and cover:Crouch in a safe place (See 1. above)Tuck your head and close your eyes.Stay covered until the shaking has stopped.

4. Determine an emergency evacuation plan for each room of your home.Keep aflashlight with fresh batteries beside each bed, andshoes to protect feet from glass and other sharp objects.

5. Agree on a safe gathering place outside the house where all family mem-bers will meet after an earthquake.

6. Discuss as a family what needs to be done after an earthquake ends.

Reminders:Stay calm.Be prepared for aftershocks. These may be strong. Take cover ifshaking begins again.

Parents Only:Check for injuries. Apply first aid as needed.Check for fires.Shut off electricity at main power, if you suspect damage. Don't turnon and off switches.Shut off gas valves, if there is any chance of a gas leak.Detect gas by smell, never by using matches or candles.Shut off water inside and out if breakage has occurred.

240 EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 216: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

AppendixA. Earthquake Background

B. Book of Legends

C. National Science EducationStandards Matrices

241

Page 217: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

Earthquake BackgroundEarthquake Legends

Ancient peoples experienced the same natural disastersthat can affect each of us. Among these were hurricanes,tornadoes, droughts, floods, volcanic eruptions, andearthquakes. Because they did not have scientific expla-nations for such catastrophes, ancient peoples inventedfolk narratives, or legends, to explain them. Such legendsare part of the literature that we have inherited frommany cultures. An examination of legends gives a smallinsight into the location and frequency of occurrence ofmajor earthquakes.

Defining an Earthquake

Earthquakes are an especially noteworthy type of catas-trophe because they strike suddenly, without clear warn-ing, and can cause much panic and property damage in amatter of seconds.

An earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of the Earthcaused by the release of energy stored in the Earth'scrust. An earthquake occurs at a place, called the focus,which may be up to about 700 km deep in the Earth. Theplace on the Earth's surface that is directly above thefocus is called the epicenter of the earthquake. It haslong been known that earthquake epicenters often liealong narrow zones, or belts, of the Earth where moun-tain building and/or volcanic activity are also present.But earthquakes may also occur in seemingly "stable"areas like the central and eastern United States.

Plate Tectonic Theory and Earthquake OccurrenceAccording to the recently formulated (late 1960s) theoryof plate tectonics, earthquakes occur because of themotion of the pieces of solid crust and upper mantle thatform the 100 km-thick, outer rock shell of our planet.This shell, called the lithosphere, or rock sphere, isbroken into major and minor pieces called plates.

There are seven to twelve major,plates and a number ofsmaller ones. From a geophysical perspective the Earth islike agiant spherical jigsaw puzzle with its pieces inconstant motion.

Page 218: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

The reason for plate motion is unknown. Scientistsspeculate, however, that the internal heat of the Earthcauses convection currents in the semimolten, mantlerock material beneath the plates. They suggest that thisconvective motion, driven by the Earth's internal heat,drives the plates. Such heat is believed to come from thedecay of radioactive minerals in the mantle, which ex-tends to a depth of 2,855 km below the Earth's surface.

Types of Plate MotionThe plates move, relative to one another, at betweenapproximately 2 and 15 cm per year. Three types of platemotion are most important for understanding where andhow earthquakes occur. Divergent plate motion occurswhere the plates are moving apart. Such plate separationmost often occurs along the mid-ocean ridges. As theplates separate, new ocean crust forms from mantlematerial by volcanic eruptions or fissure flows. Manyshallow earthquakes result from separation of plates.Because these usually occur in the deep ocean, however,they are rarely of concern to humans.

Plates are moving toward each other in such places asaround the Pacific Ocean basin, and the Mediterranean.This is called convergent plate motion. Where the leadingedge of a plate is made of ocean crust and underlyingmantle, the plate tends to sink under the edge of theopposing plate. Such motion is called subduction.

An oceanic trench is a common feature at plate bound-aries where subduction is occurring, such as along thePacific side of the Japanese or Aleutian island areas andthe Pacific side of South America. As the subductingplate sinks into the mantle, it begins to melt. The result-ing molten rock materials gradually rise toward theEarth's surface to form volcanoes and fissure flows oflava. Subduction results in many earthquakes with focifrom near the Earth's surface to about 700 km below thesurface. Some of these earthquakes are extremely vio-lent.

Where the opposing plates are both made of continentalmaterial, their collision tends to raise mountain chains.The convergent motion of the continental masses of Indiaand Southeast Asia began millions of years ago andcontinues into the present. The result is the HimalayanMountains, which are still rising slowly and are beingsubjected to frequent earthquakes as the mountainbuilding process continues.

243

Page 219: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

The conservation of the area of the lithosphere is one ofthe important concepts that relates to the divergent andconvergent activity of plates. That is, a worldwide balanceexists between the creation of new lithosphere at themid-ocean ridges and the destruction of the lithospherealong subduction zones. This allows us to picture theEarth as remaining relatively constant in size. Earlierexplanations of folded and thrust-faulted mountainranges incorrectly required that the Earth shrink in sizeas it cooled. The mountains were thought to rise as thelithosphere buckled, something like the shriveling of theskin on an apple as it ages.

In the third major type of plate motion, the edges of theplates slip past each other. This is called lateral (or trans-form) plate motion. The line of contact between the platesis a fault. The stresses involved in lateral plate motionactually cause rupturing and movement on faults somedistance from the area of contact between the plates.Therefore, it is proper to speak of a fault zone whendiscussing rock movement caused by lateral plate.

One of the lateral faults best known in to North Ameri-cans is the San Andreas fault of California. The SanAndreas and its associated faults extend from the Gulf ofCalifornia to the Pacific coast north of San Francisco.Earthquakes occur frequently in the San Andreas faultzone. Some of them have caused loss of life and extensiveproperty damage.

Mid-Plate Earthquakes

Many earthquakes occur at places far from plate bound-aries. Some of them, like the New Madrid earthquakes of1811-1812 and the Charleston earthquake of 1886, havebeen major historical disasters. Explaining such mid-plate earthquakes has been a challenge to the theory ofplate tectonics outlined above. Recent research hasshown, however, that the zones of instability withinplates can produce earthquakes along intraplate faultzones which may be hidden at the Earth's surface. Be-cause of the location of these fault zones and their infre-quent activity, it is still difficult to assess the hazardsthey may pose.

Page 220: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

Plate Tectonics, Faulting, and TopographyFrom the previous discussion, the origin of major topo-graphic elements of the ocean floor become more appar-ent. Among these are the world-circling, 60,000 km-longmid-ocean mountain ranges, or mid-ocean ridges, andthe trenches, whose depth below the ocean floor exceedsany chasm found on land. Plate motion also causes thefolding and faulting of continental rocks and their upliftinto mountains. Thrust faulting may accompany suchmountain building. A thrust fault is one in which theupper block of rock slides over a lower block which isseparated from it by the fault. Earthquakes occur at andnear the fault surface, as the blocks of rock move relativeto one another.Normal faults occur where rock units are pulled apartallowing movement vertically under the influence ofgravity. The result of normal faulting, on a continentalscale, is the creation of long, deep valleys or the loweringsubsidence of large pieces of coastal topography. A nor-mal fault is one in which the upper block moves down-ward relative to the lower block which is separated fromit by the fault. As in thrust faulting, earthquakes occurat and near the fault surface as the blocks of rock moverelative to one another.Lateral faults occur where plates are sliding past eachother. A lateral fault is one in which the blocks of rockmove in a predominantly horizontal direction past eachother with the vertical, or near-vertical, fault surfaceseparating them. In the ideal case, lateral faults do notcause much change in the elevation of the opposingblocks of rock. Rather, they move the existing topographyto different locations. Earthquakes occur at and near thefault surface as the blocks move relative to one another.

Detecting EarthquakesWhen rock units move past each other along normal,thrust, or lateral fault surfaces, or zones, the result isoften an earthquake. Vibrations arise at the earthquakefocus and travel outward in all directions. The vibrationstravel through the upper part of the lithosphere and alsopenetrate the deeper shells of the Earth's structure. Thewaves that travel through the upper part of the lithos-phere are called surface waves. Those that travel withinthe Earth are called body waves.

245

Page 221: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

The two main varieties of surface waves are Love waves,which travel sideways in a snake-like motion, andRayleigh waves, which have an up-and-down motion.Surface waves from a large earthquake travel for thou-sands to tens of thousands of square kilometers aroundthe earthquake epicenter. They are primarily responsiblefor the shaking of the ground and damage to buildingsthat occur in large earthquakes.

'Body waves are either P- (for Primary) waves or S- (forSecondary) waves. Regardless of the nature of the mate-rial through which they travel, P-waves are always fasterthan S-waves. The difference in the arrival times of thetwo types of body waves allows seismologists to locate thefocus of an earthquake.

Instrumental Measurement of EarthquakesOne way to describe an earthquake is in terms of theamount of energy it releases. That energy is indicated bythe strength of the surface and body waves that travelaway from the earthquake focus. As simple as this prin-ciple may seem, it was not until the late 1800s that amachine (seismograph) to detect and record earthquakewaves was invented by British scientists working inJapan. The most famous of these early seismographs wasinvented by John Milne, who returned to Great Britain toestablish the field of seismology.

In modern observatories, seismograph instruments canmeasure the north-south, east-west, and vertical motionof the ground as the various types of seismic waves travelpast. Each machine sends an electrical signal to a re-corder which produces a highly amplified tracing of theground motion on a large sheet of paper. This tracing iscalled a seismogram. Modern seismographs record datadigitally, increasing the speed and accuracy of earth-quake measurements.

The American seismologist Charles Richter used theamplitude of the body waves shown on seismograms tomeasure the amount of energy released by earthquakes.The scale which he created in 1935 is called the RichterScale in his honor. It uses Arabic numerals to rate earth-quake magnitudes. The scale is logarithmic and open-ended. That is, there is no lower or upper limit to themagnitude of an earthquake. However, the largest earth-quake ever recorded had a Richter magnitude of 8.9. TheRichter magnitude of an earthquake also can be mea-sured from the amplitude of its surface waves.

Page 222: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

In recent years seismologists developed a new magnitudescale called moment magnitude. The moment of an earth-quake is a physical quantity (e.g., area of fault slip) whichis related to the total energy released in the earthquake.Moment magnitude can be estimated in the field by look-ing at the geometry of the fault, or by looking at the recordof the earthquake (seismogram). Moment magnitude isnow preferred because it can be used to measure all earth-quakesno matter how large, small, close, or distantatthe same scale.

Intensity Measurement of EarthquakesEven before seismographs came into common use, theeffort to classify earthquakes by the damage they producereached success through the work of the Italian seismolo-gist Giuseppe Mercalli and other European scientists. The1902 Mercalli scale was modified in 1931 by two Americanseismologists, H.O. Wood and Frank Neumann. In theModified Mercalli scale, Roman numerals from I to XII areused to rate the damage, ground motion, and humanimpact resulting from an earthquake.

The intensity assigned to an earthquake is a relative mea-sure. That is, the Modified Mercalli intensity at a givenplace depends on the distance from the earthquake epi-center as well as the geological structure of the area. Forexample, houses built on bedrock will receive less damagethan similar houses built on sediment at the same dis-tance from the earthquake epicenter. Poorly built struc-tures will receive more damage than those reinforced towithstand earthquakes.

Earthquake MagnitudeThe Size of an Earthquake

mL = Local magnitude, devised by Richter and Gutenberg todescribe local (Southern California) earthquakes. This is theRichter magnitude reported often in newspapers.

mb = P-wave or body magnitude, determined using P-wave amplitude.

m = Surface-wave magnitude, calculated using Rayleigh waveamplitude having a period approximately 20 seconds. The ms iscommonly-reported magnitude, superseding that of mL.

= Seismic moment magnitude. Determined by taking intoaccount rupture area, displacement, and rock strength.These values are obtained by analysis of seismograms,including wave amplitudes; and field observations.

247

Page 223: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Appendix A

Location and Earthquake RiskEarthquakes tend to occur where they have occurredbefore. There also appears to be some periodicity to therecurrence of earthquakes, that is, some more or lessregular interval between major quakes. Unfortunately,human memory and written records do not go back farenough to allow us to predict earthquakes accuratelyalong any known fault. Of course, some faults lie hiddenbeneath sediment or rock cover and have not been activein recorded time. When an earthquake occurs on such afault, it may come as a surprise to everyone.

Scientists are developing and refining techniques, suchas measuring the change in position of rock along afault, that may eventually result in an ability to predictthe magnitude and date of an earthquake on a knownfault. Meanwhile, it is prudent to assume that an earth-quake could occur on any fault at any time. Even if anearthquake occurs on a fault that is tens or hundreds ofkilometers away, the resulting vibrations could inflictserious damage in your local area.

What Should Be Done To Prepare for an Earthquake?Weaker structures are more prone to damage than struc-tures built to resist earthquake shaking. Luckily modernhouses built with wooden framing are fairly resistant toserious damage in small to medium earthquakes. Mostmodern commercial buildings are now designed to resistwind forces and earthquake shaking.

Since earthquake shaking is possible almost everywherein the United States, earthquake safety should be prac-ticed by everyone, whether at home, at school, at work,or on the road.

After personal safety in an earthquake has been attendedto, it may be necessary to lead, or join, citizen actiongroups that are concerned with the safety of the commu-nity infrastructure during and after an earthquake. Willthe "lifelines" water, gas, electricity, phone and sewerlines survive the anticipated earthquake? Will thehospital and other emergency services be operating andadequate to handle emergencies created by the earth-quake? Even California, where individuals and govern-ments are sensitive to these questions, the answer seemsto be "not completely." What is the status of earthquakepreparedness where you live?

243

Page 224: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

*

249

App

endi

x B

250

Page 225: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

1. I

ndia

The

Ear

th is

hel

d up

by

four

elep

hant

s th

at s

tand

on

the

back

of a

turt

le. T

he tu

rtle

is b

alan

ced

in tu

rn o

n a

cobr

a. W

hen

any

ofth

ese

anim

als

mov

es, t

he E

arth

will

trem

ble

and

shak

e.

20. W

est A

fric

aA

gia

nt c

arri

es th

e E

arth

on

his

head

. All

the

plan

ts th

at g

row

on

the

Ear

th a

re h

is h

air,

and

peo

ple

and

anim

als

are

the

inse

cts

that

craw

l thr

ough

his

hai

r. H

e us

ually

sits

and

fac

es th

e ea

st, b

ut o

nce

in a

whi

le h

e tu

rns

to th

e w

est

(the

dir

ectio

n ea

rthq

uake

s co

me

from

in W

est A

fric

a), a

nd th

enba

ck to

the

east

, with

a jo

lt th

at is

felt

as a

n ea

rthq

uake

.

252

Page 226: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

19. R

oman

iaT

he w

orld

res

ts o

n th

e di

vine

pilla

rs o

f Fa

ith, H

ope,

and

Cha

rity

. Whe

n th

e de

eds

ofhu

man

bei

ngs

mak

e on

e of

the

pilla

rs w

eak,

the

Ear

th is

sha

ken.

,

253

2. A

ssam

(bet

wee

n B

angl

ades

h an

d C

hina

)T

here

is a

rac

e of

peo

ple

livin

gin

side

the

Ear

th. F

rom

tim

e to

time

they

sha

ke th

e gr

ound

to f

ind

out i

f an

yone

is s

till l

ivin

g on

the

surf

ace.

Whe

n ch

ildre

n fe

el a

quak

e, th

ey s

hout

"A

live,

aliv

e!"

soth

e pe

ople

insi

de th

e E

arth

will

know

they

are

ther

e an

d st

op th

esh

akin

g..

254

Page 227: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

3. M

exic

oE

l Dia

, the

dev

il, m

akes

gia

nt r

ips

in th

e E

arth

fro

m th

e in

side

. He

and

his

devi

lish

frie

nds

use

the

crac

ks w

hen

they

wan

t to

com

ean

d st

ir u

p tr

oubl

e on

Ear

th.

18. C

entr

al A

mer

ica

The

squ

are

Ear

th is

hel

d up

at i

tsfo

ur c

orne

rs b

y fo

ur g

ods,

the

Vas

hakm

en. W

hen

they

dec

ide

the

Ear

th is

bec

omin

g ov

erpo

pula

ted,

they

tip

it to

get

rid

of

surp

lus

peop

le.

256

Page 228: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

17. E

ast A

fric

aA

gia

nt f

ish

carr

ies

a st

one

on h

isba

ck. A

cow

sta

nds

on th

e st

one,

bala

ncin

g th

e E

arth

on

one

of h

erho

rns.

Fro

m ti

me

to ti

me

her

neck

begi

ns to

ach

e, a

nd s

he to

sses

the

glob

e fr

om o

ne h

orn

to th

e ot

her.

257

4. S

iber

iaT

he E

arth

res

ts o

n a

sled

dri

ven

by a

god

nam

ed T

uli.

The

dog

sw

ho p

ull t

he s

led

have

fle

as. W

hen

they

sto

p to

scr

atch

, the

Ear

thsh

akes

.

258

Page 229: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

5. J

apan

A g

reat

cat

fish

, or

nam

azu,

lies

curl

ed u

p un

der

the

sea,

with

the

isla

nds

of J

apan

res

ting

on h

isba

ck. A

dem

igod

, or

daim

yojin

,ho

lds

a he

avy

ston

e ov

er h

is h

ead

to k

eep

him

fro

m m

ovin

g. O

nce

ina

whi

le, t

houg

h, th

e da

imyo

jin is

dist

ract

ed, t

he n

amaz

u m

oves

,an

d th

e E

arth

trem

bles

.

259

16. N

ew Z

eala

ndM

othe

r E

arth

has

a c

hild

with

inhe

r w

omb,

the

youn

g go

d R

u.W

hen

he s

tret

ches

and

kic

ks a

sba

bies

do,

he

caus

es e

arth

quak

es.

260

Page 230: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

15. S

cand

inav

iaT

he g

od L

o ld

is b

eing

pun

ishe

d fo

rth

e m

urde

r of

his

bro

ther

, Bal

dur.

He

is ti

ed to

a r

ock

in a

nun

derg

roun

d ca

ve. A

bove

his

fac

eis

a s

erpe

nt d

ripp

ing

pois

on,

whi

ch L

old'

s si

ster

cat

ches

in a

bow

l. Fr

om ti

me

to ti

me

she

has

to g

o aw

ay to

em

pty

the

bow

l.T

hen

the

pois

on f

alls

on

Lol

d's

face

. He

twis

ts a

nd w

iggl

es to

avoi

d it,

and

the

grou

nd s

hake

sup

abo

vehi

m.

261

6. M

ozam

biqu

eT

he E

arth

is a

livi

ng c

reat

ure,

and

it ha

s th

e sa

me

kind

s of

pro

blem

spe

ople

hav

e. S

omet

imes

it g

ets

sick

, with

fev

er a

nd c

hills

, and

we

can

feel

its

shak

ing.

_62

Page 231: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

7. G

reec

eA

ccor

ding

to A

rist

otle

, (an

d al

so to

Shak

espe

are,

in th

e pl

ay c

alle

dH

enry

IV

, Par

t I)

stro

ng, w

ildw

inds

are

trap

ped

and

held

inca

vern

s un

der

the

grou

nd. T

hey

stru

ggle

to e

scap

e, a

ndea

rthq

uake

s ar

e th

e re

sult

of th

eir

stru

ggle

.

263

14. C

olom

bia

Whe

n th

e E

arth

was

fir

st m

ade

itre

sted

fir

mly

on

thre

e la

rge'

beam

sof

woo

d. B

ut o

ne d

ay th

e go

dC

hibc

hacu

m d

ecid

ed th

at it

wou

ldbe

fun

to s

ee th

e pl

ain

of B

ogot

aun

derw

ater

. He

floo

ded

the

land

,an

d fo

r hi

s pu

nish

men

t he

isfo

rced

to c

arry

the

wor

ld o

n hi

ssh

ould

ers.

Som

etim

es h

e's

angr

yan

d st

omps

, sha

king

the

Ear

th.

064

Page 232: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

13. L

atvi

aA

god

nam

ed D

rebk

uhls

car

ries

the

Ear

th in

his

arm

s as

he

wal

ksth

roug

h th

e he

aven

s. W

hen

he's

havi

ng a

bad

day

, he

mig

ht h

andl

ehi

s bu

rden

a li

ttle

roug

hly.

The

nth

e E

arth

will

fee

l the

sha

king

.

265

8. B

elgi

umW

hen

peop

le o

n E

arth

are

ver

y,ve

ry s

infu

l, G

od s

ends

an

angr

yan

gel t

o st

rike

the

air

that

surr

ound

s ou

r pl

anet

. The

blo

ws

prod

uce

a m

usic

al to

ne w

hich

isfe

lt on

the

Ear

th a

s a

seri

es o

fsh

ocks

.

266

Page 233: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

9. T

enne

ssee

, USA

Onc

e a

Chi

ckas

aw c

hief

was

in lo

vew

ith a

Cho

ctaw

pri

nces

s. H

e w

asyo

ung

and

hand

som

e, b

ut h

e ha

da

twis

ted

foot

, so

his

peop

le c

alle

dhi

m R

eelf

oot.

Whe

n th

e pr

ince

ss'

fath

er r

efus

ed to

giv

e R

eelf

oot h

isda

ught

er's

han

d, th

e ch

ief

and

his

frie

nds

kidn

appe

d he

r an

d be

gan

to c

eleb

rate

thei

r m

arri

age.

The

Gre

at S

piri

t was

ang

ry, a

ndst

ompe

d hi

s fo

ot. T

he s

hock

caus

ed th

e M

issi

ssip

pi to

ove

rflo

wits

ban

ks a

nd d

row

n th

e en

tire

wed

ding

par

ty. (

Ree

lfoo

t Lak

e, o

nth

e T

enne

ssee

sid

e of

the

Mis

siss

ippi

, was

act

ually

for

med

as

a re

sult

of th

e N

ew M

adri

dea

rthq

uake

of

1812

.)

267

12. I

ndia

Seve

n se

rpen

ts s

hare

the

task

of

guar

ding

the

seve

n se

ctio

ns o

f th

elo

wes

t hea

ven.

The

sev

en o

f th

ema

take

turn

s ho

ldin

g up

the

Ear

th.

Whe

n on

e fi

nish

es it

s tu

rn a

ndan

othe

r m

oves

into

pla

ce, p

eopl

eon

Ear

th m

ay f

eel a

jolt.

9 68

Page 234: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

11. M

ongo

liaT

he g

ods

who

mad

e th

e E

arth

gave

it to

a f

rog

to c

arry

on

his

back

. Whe

n th

is h

uge

frog

stir

s,th

e E

arth

mov

es d

irec

tly a

bove

the

part

of

him

that

mov

es: h

ind

foot

,he

ad, s

houl

der,

or

wha

teve

r.

269

10. W

est A

fric

aT

he E

arth

is a

fla

t dis

k, h

eld

upon

one

sid

e by

an

enor

mou

sm

ount

ain

and

on th

e ot

her

by a

gian

t. T

he g

iant

's w

ife

hold

s up

the

sky.

The

Ear

th tr

embl

esw

hene

ver

he s

tops

to h

ug h

er.

270

Page 235: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Ca ;

C\1 r' C,1

CA

Page 236: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

National ScienceEducation Standards

Matrices

273

Page 237: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t/G

rade

s

Tre

mor

Tro

opL

ink

to N

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sSc

i. in

Per

sona

lH

isto

ry &

Uni

fyin

gSc

ienc

ePh

ysic

alE

arth

&Sc

ienc

e &

& S

ocia

lN

atur

e of

Con

cept

s &

as I

nqui

rySc

ienc

eSp

ace

Sci.

Tec

hnol

ogy

Pers

pect

ives

Scie

nce

Proc

esse

s

I. 1

DD

DD

II

D

1.2

DD

DD

II

D

1.3

DD

DD

DD

II. 1

DD

ID

11.2

DD

DD

ID

11.3

1D

DD

D

111.

1I

DD

II

D

111.

2D

DD

ID

111.

3I

DD

ID

IV. 1

DD

DD

ID

IV.2

DD

DD

ID

IV.3

DD

DD

II

D

V. P

art 1

DD

ID

D

V. P

art 2

ID

II

DI

V. P

art 3

ID

I

V. P

art 4

ID

D =

Dir

ect C

onne

ctio

nIn

dire

ct C

onne

ctio

n

275

Page 238: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t I: D

efin

ing

an E

arth

quak

eN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e as

Inq

uiry

Phys

ical

Sci

ence

Ear

th a

nd S

pace

Sci

ence

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

1.1

Peop

le E

x Pl

ain

Ear

thqu

akes

Stud

ents

exp

lore

thei

r pe

rson

alex

peri

ence

s w

ith e

arth

quak

esan

d ob

serv

e a

sim

ulat

edea

rthq

uake

by

build

ing

anea

rthq

uake

mod

el. T

hey

also

lear

n ab

out e

arth

quak

e le

gend

san

d su

gges

t pos

sibl

e ca

uses

of

eart

hqua

kes

and

the

stru

ctur

eof

the

Ear

th's

inte

rior

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

tsPr

oper

ties

of E

arth

mat

eria

ls

Cha

nges

in th

e E

arth

and

sky

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy

1.2

Peop

le E

xpla

inE

arth

quak

es

Stud

ents

exp

lore

per

sona

lex

peri

ence

s w

ith e

arth

quak

esan

d co

mm

unic

ate

thei

rth

ough

ts a

bout

the

caus

es o

fea

rthq

uake

s. T

hey

iden

tify

and

com

pare

cul

ture

s th

at d

evel

oped

lege

nds

expl

aini

ng e

arth

quak

esan

d le

arn

wha

t sci

entis

ts b

elie

veca

use

eart

hqua

kes.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

tsC

hang

es in

the

Ear

th a

nd s

kyU

nder

stan

ding

abo

ut s

cien

cean

d te

chno

logy

1.3

Ene

rgy

Wav

es C

ause

Ear

thqu

akes

Stud

ents

con

duct

inve

stig

atio

nsto

sim

ulat

e ea

rthq

uake

s an

dex

plai

n ho

w th

ey r

elat

e to

eve

nts

on E

arth

. The

y id

entif

y an

dco

mpa

re lo

catio

ns o

f ea

rth-

quak

es a

nd r

elat

e ea

rthq

uake

site

s to

lege

nds

and

cultu

res.

6

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Mot

ions

and

for

ces

Tra

nsfe

r of

ene

rgy

Stru

ctur

e of

the

Ear

th s

yste

m

Ear

th's

his

tory

277

Page 239: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t l D

efin

ing

an E

arth

quak

eN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e in

Per

sona

l and

Soci

al P

ersp

ectiv

esH

isto

ry a

nd N

atur

eof

Sci

ence

Uni

fyin

g C

once

pts

and

Proc

esse

s

1.1

Peop

le E

xpla

inE

arth

quak

es

Stud

ents

exp

lore

thei

r pe

rson

alex

peri

ence

s w

ith e

arth

quak

esan

d ob

serv

e a

sim

ulat

edea

rthq

uake

by

build

ing

anea

rthq

uake

mod

el. T

hey

also

lear

n ab

out e

arth

quak

e le

gend

san

d su

gges

t pos

sibl

e ca

uses

of

eart

hqua

kes

and

the

stru

ctur

eof

the

Ear

th's

inte

rior

.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Scie

nce

as a

hum

an e

ndea

vor

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

1.2

Peop

le E

xpla

inE

arth

quak

es

Stud

ents

exp

lore

per

sona

lex

peri

ence

s w

ith e

arth

quak

esan

d co

mm

unic

ate

thei

rth

ough

ts a

bout

the

caus

es o

fea

rthq

uake

s. T

hey

iden

tify

and

com

pare

cul

ture

s th

at d

evel

oped

lege

nds

expl

aini

ng e

arth

quak

esan

d le

arn

wha

t sci

entis

ts b

elie

veca

use

eart

hqua

kes.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Scie

nce

as a

hum

an e

ndea

vor

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

1.3

Ene

rgy

Wav

es C

ause

Ear

thqu

akes

Stud

ents

con

duct

inve

stig

atio

nsto

sim

ulat

e ea

rthq

uake

s an

dex

plai

n ho

w th

ey r

elat

e to

eve

nts

on E

arth

. The

y id

entif

y an

dco

mpa

re lo

catio

ns o

f ea

rth-

quak

es a

nd r

elat

e ea

rthq

uake

site

s to

lege

nds

and

cultu

res.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Nat

ural

haz

ards

Ris

ks a

nd b

enef

its

Scie

nce

as a

hum

an e

ndea

vor

Nat

ure

of s

cien

ce

His

tory

of

scie

nce

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

279

Page 240: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t II:

Why

and

Whe

re E

arth

quak

es O

ccur

Nat

iona

l Sci

ence

Edu

catio

n St

anda

rds

Tre

mor

Tro

op:

Ear

thqu

akes

Scie

nce

as I

nqui

ryPh

ysic

al S

cien

ceE

arth

and

Spa

ce S

cien

ceSc

ienc

e an

d T

echn

olog

y

II.1

Ins

ide

Plan

et E

arth

Stud

ents

nam

e, id

entif

y, a

ndob

serv

e a

mod

el o

f E

arth

'sla

yers

and

pla

tes

and

cons

truc

tre

pres

enta

tions

of

each

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Prop

ertie

s of

obj

ects

and

mat

eria

ls

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

ts

Prop

ertie

s of

Ear

th m

ater

ials

Cha

nges

in th

e E

arth

and

sky

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy

11.2

Pla

tes

Goi

ng P

lace

s

Stud

ents

des

crib

e, n

ame,

and

iden

tify

the

inte

rior

and

laye

rs o

fth

e E

arth

. The

y co

nstr

uct

mod

els

the

Ear

th th

at d

emon

-st

rate

the

way

the

surf

ace

isaf

fect

ed b

y in

teri

or m

ovem

ents

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Prop

ertie

s of

obj

ects

and

mat

eria

ls

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

ts

Prop

ertie

s of

Ear

th m

ater

ials

Cha

nges

in th

e E

arth

and

sky

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy

11.3

Lay

ers,

Pla

tes,

and

Qua

kes

Stud

ents

con

stru

ct m

odel

s of

the

Ear

th's

laye

rs a

nd d

escr

ibe

the

com

posi

tion

of th

e la

yers

and

the

effe

cts

of a

ctiv

ity a

tpl

ate

boun

dari

es. T

hey

inve

sti-

gate

con

vect

ion

as a

mod

el o

fpl

ate

mov

emen

t.

280

Abi

litie

s ne

cess

ary

to d

osc

ient

ific

inqu

iry

Com

mun

icat

e sc

ient

ific

proc

edur

es a

nd e

xpla

natio

ns

Use

mat

hem

atic

s in

all

aspe

cts

of s

cien

tific

inqu

iry

Mot

ions

and

for

ces

Stru

ctur

e of

the

Ear

th s

yste

m

Ear

th's

his

tory

281

Page 241: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t II:

Why

and

Whe

re E

arth

quak

es O

ccur

Nat

iona

l Sci

ence

Edu

catio

n St

anda

rds

Tre

mor

Tro

op:

Ear

thqu

akes

Scie

nce

in P

erso

nal a

ndSo

cial

Per

spec

tives

His

tory

and

Nat

ure

of S

cien

ceU

nify

ing

Con

cept

san

d Pr

oces

ses

11.1

Ins

ide

Plan

et E

arth

Stud

ents

nam

e, id

entif

y, a

ndob

serv

e a

mod

el o

f E

arth

'sla

yers

and

pla

tes

and

cons

truc

tre

pres

enta

tions

of

each

.

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

11.2

Pla

tes

Goi

ng P

lace

s

Stud

ents

des

crib

e, n

ame,

and

iden

tify

the

inte

rior

and

laye

rs o

fth

e E

arth

. The

y co

nstr

uct

mod

els

the

Ear

th th

at d

emon

-st

rate

the

way

the

surf

ace

isaf

fect

ed b

y in

teri

or m

ovem

ents

.

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

11.3

Lay

ers,

Pla

tes,

and

Qua

kes

Stud

ents

con

stru

ct m

odel

s of

the

Ear

th's

laye

rs a

nd d

escr

ibe

the

com

posi

tion

of th

e la

yers

and

the

effe

cts

of a

ctiv

ity a

tpl

ate

boun

dari

es. T

hey

inve

sti-

gate

con

vect

ion

as a

mod

el o

fpl

ate

mov

emen

t.

Nat

ural

haz

ards

Ris

ks a

nd b

enef

its

282

His

tory

of

scie

nce

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

283

Page 242: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t 111

: Phy

sica

l Res

ults

of

Ear

thqu

akes

Nat

iona

l Sci

ence

Edu

catio

n St

anda

rds

Tre

mor

Tro

op:

Ear

thqu

akes

Scie

nce

as I

nqui

ry.

Phys

ical

Sci

ence

Ear

th a

nd S

pace

Sci

ence

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

111.

1 E

arth

quak

es S

hape

Our

Ear

th

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

two

type

sof

fau

lts a

nd c

onst

ruct

a m

odel

of a

rur

al c

omm

unity

tode

mon

stra

te th

e ef

fect

of

anea

rthq

uake

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

tsC

hang

es in

the

Ear

th a

nd s

kyU

nder

stan

ding

abo

ut s

cien

cean

d te

chno

logy

111.

2 L

ands

cape

on

the

Loo

se

Stud

ents

des

crib

e la

nd f

eatu

res

that

res

ult f

rom

ear

thqu

ake

activ

ity a

nd c

onst

ruct

mod

els

offa

ult t

ypes

. The

y de

mon

stra

teth

e fo

rmat

ion

of la

nd f

eatu

res

and

even

ts f

rom

ear

thqu

akes

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

yPr

oper

ties

of o

bjec

ts a

ndm

ater

ials

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icPo

sitio

n an

d m

otio

n of

obj

ects

inqu

iry

Prop

ertie

s of

Ear

th m

ater

ials

Cha

nges

in th

e E

arth

and

sky

111.

3 B

uild

ing

Up

and

Bre

akin

gD

own

Stud

ents

des

crib

e an

d co

nstr

uct

mod

els

of m

ajor

land

scap

efe

atur

es. T

hey

rela

te th

ese

mod

els

to a

ctua

l loc

atio

ns a

ndde

mon

stra

te u

nder

wat

er a

ctiv

ityth

at r

elat

es to

ear

thqu

akes

.

Abi

litie

s ne

cess

ary

to d

osc

ient

ific

inqu

iry

Com

mun

icat

e sc

ient

ific

proc

edur

es a

nd e

xpla

natio

ns

Mot

ions

and

for

ces

Stru

ctur

e of

the

Ear

th s

yste

m

Ear

th's

his

tory

9 85

Page 243: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t III

: Phy

sica

l Res

ults

of

Ear

thqu

akes

Nat

iona

l Sci

ence

Edu

catio

n St

anda

rds

Tre

mor

Tro

op:

Ear

thqu

akes

Scie

nce

in P

erso

nal a

ndSo

cial

Per

spec

tives

His

tory

and

Nat

ure

of S

cien

ceU

nify

ing

Con

cept

san

d Pr

oces

ses

MI

1 E

arth

quak

es S

hape

Our

Ear

th

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

two

type

sof

fau

lts a

nd c

onst

ruct

a m

odel

of a

rur

al c

omm

unity

tode

mon

stra

te th

e ef

fect

of

anea

rthq

uake

.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

111.

2 L

ands

cape

on

the

Loo

se

Stud

ents

des

crib

e la

nd f

eatu

res

that

res

ult f

rom

ear

thqu

ake

activ

ity a

nd c

onst

ruct

mod

els

offa

ult t

ypes

. The

y de

mon

stra

teth

e fo

rmat

ion

of la

nd f

eatu

res

and

even

ts f

rom

ear

thqu

akes

.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

111.

3 B

uild

ing

Up

and

Bre

akin

gD

own

Stud

ents

des

crib

e an

d co

nstr

uct

mod

els

of m

ajor

land

scap

efe

atur

es. T

hey

rela

te th

ese

mod

els

to a

ctua

l loc

atio

ns a

ndde

mon

stra

te u

nder

wat

er a

ctiv

ityth

at r

elat

es to

ear

thqu

akes

.

His

tory

of

scie

nce

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

287

Page 244: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t IV

: Mea

suri

ng E

arth

quak

esN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e as

Inq

uiry

Phys

ical

Sci

ence

Ear

th a

nd S

pace

Sci

ence

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

IV.1

Ear

thqu

akes

Gre

at a

ndSm

all

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

ear

th-

quak

e si

mul

atio

n of

dif

fere

ntst

reng

ths

and

com

pare

dam

age

of e

ach.

The

y al

so d

emon

stra

teth

e le

ngth

of

time

asso

ciat

edw

ith e

arth

quak

es.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

tsC

hang

es in

the

Ear

th a

nd s

kyA

bilit

ies

of T

echn

olog

ical

Des

ign

111.

2 D

iffe

rent

Sha

kes

for

Dif

fere

nt Q

uake

s

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

sim

ula-

tions

of

vari

ous

eart

hqua

kest

reng

ths

and

desc

ribe

tech

-ni

ques

for

mea

suri

ng e

arth

-qu

akes

. The

y de

mon

stra

te a

tech

niqu

e fo

r re

cord

ing

eart

h-qu

ake

mov

emen

t and

a m

etho

dus

ed to

mea

sure

ear

thqu

akes

.

Abi

litie

s re

late

d to

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

entif

icin

quir

y

Posi

tion

and

mot

ion

of o

bjec

tsC

hang

es in

the

Ear

th a

nd s

kyA

bilit

ies

of T

echn

olog

ical

Des

ign

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy

IV.3

Siz

ing

Up

Ear

thqu

ake

Wav

es

Stud

ents

sim

ulat

e ea

rthq

uake

wav

es a

nd c

onst

ruct

a m

odel

for

mea

suri

ng e

arth

quak

e w

aves

.T

hey

also

iden

tify

even

tsas

soci

ated

with

ear

thqu

akes

and

inte

rpre

t dat

a ab

out

inte

nsity

of

eart

hqua

kes.

2

Abi

litie

s ne

cess

ary

to d

osc

ient

ific

inqu

iry

Com

mun

icat

e sc

ient

ific

proc

edur

es a

nd e

xpla

natio

ns

Mot

ions

and

for

ces

Tra

nsfe

r of

ene

rgy

Stru

ctur

e of

the

Ear

th s

yste

m

Ear

th's

his

tory

Abi

litie

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

alD

esig

n

Com

mun

icat

e th

e Pr

oces

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

289

Page 245: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t IV

: Mea

suri

ng E

arth

quak

esN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e in

Per

sona

l and

Soci

al P

ersp

ectiv

esH

isto

ry a

nd N

atur

eof

Sci

ence

Uni

fyin

g C

once

pts

and

Proc

esse

s

IV.1

Ear

thqu

akes

Gre

at a

ndSm

all

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

ear

th-

quak

e si

mul

atio

n of

dif

fere

ntst

reng

ths

and

com

pare

dam

age

of e

ach.

The

y al

so d

emon

stra

teth

e le

ngth

of

time

asso

ciat

edw

ith e

arth

quak

es.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

111.

2 D

iffe

rent

Sha

kes

for

Dif

fere

nt Q

uake

s

Stud

ents

dem

onst

rate

sim

ula-

tions

of

vari

ous

eart

hqua

kest

reng

ths

and

desc

ribe

tech

-ni

ques

for

mea

suri

ng e

arth

-qu

akes

. The

y de

mon

stra

te a

tech

niqu

e fo

r re

cord

ing

eart

h-qu

ake

mov

emen

t and

a m

etho

dus

ed to

mea

sure

ear

thqu

akes

.

Pers

onal

hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

IV3

Sizi

ng U

p E

arth

quak

eW

aves

Stud

ents

sim

ulat

e ea

rthq

uake

wav

es a

nd c

onst

ruct

a m

odel

for

mea

suri

ng e

arth

quak

e w

aves

.T

hey

also

iden

tify

even

tsas

soci

ated

with

ear

thqu

akes

and

inte

rpre

t dat

a ab

out

inte

nsity

of

eart

hqua

kes.

Nat

ural

haz

ards

Ris

k an

d be

nefi

ts

290

Scie

nce

as a

Hum

an E

ndea

vor

Nat

ure

of s

cien

ce

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

ndex

plan

atio

n

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

291

Page 246: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t V: E

arth

quak

e Sa

fety

and

Sur

viva

lN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e as

Inq

uiry

Phys

ical

Sci

ence

Ear

th a

nd S

pace

Sci

ence

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

V.P

art 1

: Wha

t Hap

pens

Dur

ing

an E

arth

quak

e

Stud

ents

iden

tify

area

s of

ris

kfo

r ea

rthq

uake

s in

the

Uni

ted

Stat

es. T

hey

iden

tify

and

desc

ribe

eve

nts

that

occ

urdu

ring

ear

thqu

akes

, and

they

dem

onst

rate

saf

e be

havi

ordu

ring

an

eart

hqua

ke s

imul

a-tio

n.

Posi

tion

and

Mot

ion

of O

bjec

ts

Mot

ion

and

Forc

es

Tra

nsfe

r of

Ene

rgy

Cha

nges

in th

e E

arth

and

Sky

Stru

ctur

e of

the

Ear

th S

yste

m

Ear

th's

His

tory

Abi

litie

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

Sci

ence

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

V.P

art 2

: Hun

t for

Haz

ards

Stud

ents

iden

tify

pote

ntia

lha

zard

s in

sch

ool a

nd h

ome

and

list p

ossi

ble

way

s to

red

uce

haza

rds.

Abi

litie

s ne

cess

ary

to d

osc

ient

ific

inqu

iry

Prop

ertie

s of

Obj

ects

and

Mat

eria

lsPr

oper

ties

of E

arth

Mat

eria

lsA

bilit

ies

of T

echn

olog

ical

Des

ign

Com

mun

icat

e a

Prob

lem

,D

esig

n, a

nd S

olut

ion

Und

erst

andi

ng a

bout

Sci

ence

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

V.P

art 3

: Pre

pare

and

Sha

re

Stud

ents

iden

tify

and

asse

mbl

ean

em

erge

ncy

kit a

ndco

mm

unic

ate

eart

hqua

ke s

afet

yin

form

atio

n to

oth

ers.

Abi

litie

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

Com

mun

icat

e th

e Pr

oces

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

V.P

art 4

: Eva

cuat

ion

Dri

ll

Stud

ents

iden

tify

haza

rds

duri

ngan

eva

cuat

ion

and

desc

ribe

way

sof

hel

ping

oth

ers

who

are

inju

red

duri

ng e

arth

quak

es. T

hey

desc

ribe

fee

lings

and

dan

gers

asso

ciat

ed w

ith e

arth

quak

es.

Abi

litie

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

Com

mun

icat

e th

e Pr

oces

s of

Tec

hnol

ogic

al D

esig

n

293

Page 247: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Uni

t V: E

arth

quak

e Sa

fety

and

Sur

viva

lN

atio

nal S

cien

ce E

duca

tion

Stan

dard

sT

rem

or T

roop

:E

arth

quak

esSc

ienc

e in

Per

sona

l and

Soci

al P

ersp

ectiv

esH

isto

ry a

nd N

atur

eof

Sci

ence

Uni

fyin

g C

once

pts

and

Proc

esse

s

V.P

art 1

: Wha

t Hap

pens

Dur

ing

an E

arth

quak

e

Stud

ents

iden

tify

area

s of

ris

kfo

r ea

rthq

uake

s in

the

Uni

ted

Stat

es. T

hey

iden

tify

and

desc

ribe

eve

nts

that

occ

urdu

ring

ear

thqu

akes

, and

they

dem

onst

rate

saf

e be

havi

ordu

ring

an

eart

hqua

ke s

imul

a-tio

n.-

Pers

onal

Hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Nat

ural

Haz

ards

Ris

ks a

nd B

enef

its

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

nd e

xpla

na-

tion

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

Form

and

fun

ctio

n

V.P

art 2

: Hun

t for

Haz

ards

Stud

ents

iden

tify

pote

ntia

lha

zard

s in

sch

ool a

nd h

ome

and

list p

ossi

ble

way

s to

red

uce

haza

rds.

Pers

onal

Hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

inL

ocal

Cha

lleng

es

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

nd e

xpla

na-

tion

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

Form

and

fun

ctio

n

V.P

art 3

: Pre

pare

and

Sha

re

Stud

ents

iden

tify

and

asse

mbl

ean

em

erge

ncy

kit a

ndco

mm

unic

ate

eart

hqua

ke s

afet

yin

form

atio

n to

oth

ers.

Pers

onal

Hea

lth

Typ

es o

f R

esou

rces

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

inL

ocal

Cha

lleng

es

Syst

ems,

ord

er, a

ndor

gani

zatio

n

Evi

denc

e, m

odel

s, a

nd e

xpla

na-

tion

Con

stan

cy, c

hang

e, a

nden

viro

nmen

t

Form

and

fun

ctio

n

V.P

art 4

: Eva

cuat

ion

Dri

ll

Stud

ents

iden

tify

haza

rds

duri

ngan

eva

cuat

ion

and

desc

ribe

way

sof

hel

ping

oth

ers

who

are

inju

red

duri

ng e

arth

quak

es. T

hey

desc

ribe

fee

lings

and

dan

gers

asso

ciat

ed w

ith e

arth

quak

es.

Pers

onal

Hea

lth

Cha

nges

in E

nvir

onm

ents

Scie

nce

and

Tec

hnol

ogy

inL

ocal

Cha

lleng

esN

atur

al H

azar

ds

Ris

ks a

nd B

enef

its

294

295

Page 248: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Glossary

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 249: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

aesthenosphere (aestheno means to flow) Theaesthenosphere is a part of the mantle below thelithosphere. The upper portion of theaesthenosphere is a region with a plastic, semi-solid consistency that bends and flows in re-sponse to pressure.

aftershock An aftershock is an earthquakewhich follows a major earthquake, and is oflesser magnitude.

amplitude Amplitude is the measurement of awave determined by measuring the distancefrom the top of the wave to the bottom of thewave and dividing that amount by 2.

abyssal plain a flat region of the deep oceanfloor.

body waves Body waves are earthquakewaves that travel through the body of the Earth.They are of two types, P-waves and S-waves.

convection current A convection current is acircular movement in a fluid in which hot mate-rial rises arid cold material sinks.

continental drift Continental drift is anoutdated theory, first advanced by AlfredWegener, that Earth's continents were originallyone land mass, which split up and graduallymigrated to form today's continents.

convergent plate boundary A convergentplate boundary represents the collision of twoplates moving toward each other. Such colli-sions may generate mountain ranges and volca-noes.

core The core of the Earth consists of twosphere-shaped bodies; the inner core is like avery hot solid steel ball, surrounded by a liquidouter core. The core is the deepest part of theEarth, and is thought to be responsible forgenerating the Earth's magnetic field.

crust The crust is the very thin uppermostlayer of the Earth's lithosphere.

culture A culture is the special way of life thatholds a group of people together and makes itdifferent from all other groups.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

divergent plate boundary A divergent plateboundary represents the separation of two platesmoving apart. This divergent movement is inresponse to forces in the Earth's mantle. Fea-tures formed at divergent boundaries includemid-ocean ridges and rift valleys.

earthquake An earthquake is a sudden, rapidshaking of the Earth caused by the release ofenergy stored in rocks.

earthquake intensity Expressed as Romannumerals on the Modified Mercalli scale, earth-quake intensity is a measure of ground shakingbased on damage to structures and changes feltand observed by humans.

earthquake magnitude Earthquake magni-tude is a measure of the amount of energyreleased by an earthquake. Expressed in Arabicnumerals, it is based on several widely-usedlogarithmic scales.

earthquake waves Earthquake waves, orseismic waves, are waves caused by the releaseof energy in the Earth's rocks during an earth-quake.

elastic rebound theory Elastic rebound wasproposed by H. F. Reid in 1906 to explain earth-quake generation. Reid proposed that faultsremain locked while strain energy slowly accu-mulates in surrounding rock. When rock 'strength is exceeded and rocks fracture, thefault slips suddenly, releasing energy in the formof heat and seismic waves.

energy Energy is the power to move or changethings.

epicenter The epicenter is the point on theEarth's surface directly above the focus. Thefocus is the place within the Earth where anearthquake's energy is released.

fault A fault is a crack in rock or soil alongwhich movement has taken place.

fault scarp A fault scarp (cliff) is the topo-graphic result of ground displacement attributedto fault movement.

Page 250: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

fault creep Fault creep is slow ground move-ment or slip occuning along a fault withoutproduction of earthquakes.

fault plane A fault plane is a surface alongwhich fault movement has occurred.

fissure A fissure is an open crack in theground.

focus .The focus, or hypocenter, is the placeinside the lithosphere where an earthquake'senergy is first released.

foreshock A foreshock is an earthquakewhich comes before the main earthquake and isless severe.

hazard A hazard is any object or situationwhich contains the potential for damage, injury,or death.

hypocenter See focus.

lateral fault See strike-slip fault.

legends Legends are traditional narrativeexplanations of natural phenomena that evolvewhen scientific explanations are not available.

liquefaction Liquefaction is the process inwhich soil or sand suddenly loses the propertiesof solid material (cohesion) and behaves like aliquid.

lithosphere (litho means rock/stone) Thelithosphere is the solid outer region of the Earthin which earthquakes occur. It contains thecrust and the uppermost portion of the mantle.

Love waves Love waves are surface wavesthat move in a back and forth, horizontal mo-tion.

magma Magma is liquid rock beneath theEarth's surface. When it erupts it is called lava.

mantle The mantle is the layer of the Earthbetween the core and the crust. It has a semi-solid consistency and is capable of movement.

mid-ocean ridge A mid-ocean ridge is asubmarine mountain range along a divergent

plate boundary, formed by volcanic activity.

mountain A mountain is a portion of theEarth's surface that has distorted (folded,faulted, volcanic) rocks and is higher in elevationthan surrounding regions.

normal fault A normal fault is one in whichan upper block of rock, separated by a fault froma lower block, moves downward relative to thelower block.

oceanic crust Oceanic crust is the basalticportion of the Earth's crust that is generated atmid-ocean ridges. Most of this crustal materialmakes up the ocean floor. Oceanic crust isthinner and greater in density than continentalcrust.

oceanic trench An oceanic trench is a long,narrow depression in the seabed which resultsfrom the bending of an oceanic plate as it de-scends into the mantle at a subduction zone.

P-waves P- (or Primary) waves are the fastestbody earthquake waves, which travel by com-pression and expansion.

plain A plain is a flat-lying geographic area.

plate, tectonic A tectonic plate is a large,relatively rigid segment of the Earth's lithos-phere; these plates move around in relation toother plates because they "ride" on the plasticaesthenosphere.

plate tectonics Plate tectonics is a geologicalmodel in which the Earth's crust and uppermostmantle (the lithosphere) are divided into a num-ber of relatively rigid, constantly moving seg-ments (plates).

plateau A plateau is an area of horizontalrocks that is higher than surrounding areas andusually has some areas of steep slopes.

potential energy Potential energy is storedenergy.

primary waves See P-waves.

2 9 gEARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

Page 251: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

Richter scale Richter scale is a type of mea-surement of earthquake magnitude. CharlesRichter and Beno Gutenberg created this scalein 1935.

reverse fault A reverse fault is one in whichan upper block of rock slides over a lower blockwhich is separated from it by the fault. A low-angle reverse fault is called a thrust fault.

risk, earthquake Earthquake risk is thepotential for loss (life, property) in the event ofan earthquake.

S-waves S- (or Secondary) waves are bodyearthquake waves which travel more slowly thanP-waves, and create elastic vibrations in solidsubstances. S-waves do not travel throughliquids.

secondary waves See S-waves.

seismic sea wave See tsunami.

seismic wave An energy wave in the Earthgenerated by an earthquake or explosion.

seismogram A seismogram is a recording ofthe Earth's motions produced by a seismograph.

seismograph A seismograph is an instrumentfor recording the motion of the Earth in responseto seismic waves.

seismologist A seismologist is a scientist thatstudies the cause, measurement, and effects ofearthquakes.

seismology Seismology is the study of earth-quakes.

strain, elastic Elastic strain is the deforma-tion or change in the shape of a body in re-sponse to stress.

stress, elastic Elastic stress is a measure ofthe forces acting on a body.

strike-slip fault Strike-slip fault is a faultalong which motion is mostly in a horizontaldirection.

EARTHQUAKES-FEMA 159

subduction Subduction occurs where theleading edge of a plate made of oceanic crust andunderlying mantle sinks under the edge of anopposing plate made of continental crust andunderlying mantle.

surface waves Surface waves are seismicwaves that travel only on the surface of theEarth.

transform fault A transform fault is a lateralor sideways moving fault, generated along mid-ocean ridges.

thrust fault See reverse fault.

tsunami A tsunami is an ocean wave causedby movements of the ocean floor, such as fromearthquakes and volcano eruptions.

turbidity current A turbidity current is adense current of sediment mixed with water thatflows downslope in ocean regions. Turbiditycurrents are often started by earthquake shak-ing.

volcano A volcano is a mountain of eruptedvolcanic material.

2 9 9

Page 252: Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be ... · PDF fileREPORT NO PUB DATE NOTE. AVAILABLE FROM. ... Evacuation Drill. 139. Appendix Earthquake Background ... Legends

LI

U.S. Department of EducationOffice of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI)

National Library of Education (NLE)

Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC)

NOTICE

Reproduction Basis

IC

This document is covered by a signed "Reproduction Release(Blanket)" form (on file within the ERIC system), encompassing allor classes of documents from its source organization and, therefore,does not require a "Specific Document" Release form.

This document is Federally-funded, or carries its own permission toreproduce, or is otherwise in the public domain and, therefore, maybe reproduced by ERIC without a signed Reproduction Release form(either "Specific Document" or "Blanket").

EFF-089 (3/2000)